[iso] add ISO support part 1 (iso9660)

* uses GNU libcdio

src/libcdio/cdio/audio.h

@@ -0,0 +1,146 @@
+/* -*- c -*-
+    Copyright (C) 2005, 2007, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file audio.h 
+ *
+ *  \brief The top-level header for CD audio-related libcdio
+ *         calls.  These control playing of the CD-ROM through its 
+ *         line-out jack.
+ */
+#ifndef __CDIO_AUDIO_H__
+#define __CDIO_AUDIO_H__
+
+#include <cdio/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+  /*! This struct is used by the cdio_audio_read_subchannel */
+  typedef struct cdio_subchannel_s 
+  {
+    uint8_t format;
+    uint8_t audio_status;
+    uint8_t address:	4;
+    uint8_t control:	4;
+    uint8_t track;
+    uint8_t index;
+    msf_t   abs_addr;
+    msf_t   rel_addr;
+  } cdio_subchannel_t;
+  
+  /*! This struct is used by cdio_audio_get_volume and cdio_audio_set_volume */
+  typedef struct cdio_audio_volume_s
+  {
+    uint8_t level[4];
+  } cdio_audio_volume_t;
+  
+
+  /*! This struct is used by the CDROMPLAYTRKIND ioctl */
+  typedef struct cdio_track_index_s
+  {
+    uint8_t	i_start_track;	/**< start track */
+    uint8_t	i_start_index;	/**< start index */
+    uint8_t	i_end_track;	/**< end track */
+    uint8_t	i_end_index;	/**< end index */
+  } cdio_track_index_t;
+
+  /*!
+    Get volume of an audio CD.
+    
+    @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+    @param p_volume place to put the list of volume outputs levels
+
+    p_volume can be NULL in which case we return only whether the driver
+    has the ability to get the volume or not.
+
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_audio_get_volume (CdIo_t *p_cdio,  /*out*/
+					      cdio_audio_volume_t *p_volume);
+
+  /*! 
+    Return the number of seconds (discarding frame portion) of an MSF 
+  */
+  uint32_t cdio_audio_get_msf_seconds(msf_t *p_msf);
+
+  /*!
+    Pause playing CD through analog output
+
+    @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_audio_pause (CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+
+  /*!
+    Playing CD through analog output at the given MSF.
+
+    @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+    @param p_start_msf pointer to staring MSF
+    @param p_end_msf pointer to ending MSF
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_audio_play_msf (CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+					    /*in*/msf_t *p_start_msf,
+					    /*in*/ msf_t *p_end_msf);
+
+  /*!
+    Playing CD through analog output at the desired track and index
+
+    @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+    @param p_track_index location to start/end.
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_audio_play_track_index 
+  ( CdIo_t *p_cdio,  cdio_track_index_t *p_track_index);
+
+  /*!
+    Get subchannel information.
+
+    @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+    @param p_subchannel place for returned subchannel information
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_audio_read_subchannel (CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+						   /*out*/ cdio_subchannel_t *p_subchannel);
+
+  /*!
+    Resume playing an audio CD.
+    
+    @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_audio_resume (CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+
+  /*!
+    Set volume of an audio CD.
+    
+    @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+    @param p_volume place for returned volume-level information
+
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_audio_set_volume (CdIo_t *p_cdio, /*out*/
+					      cdio_audio_volume_t *p_volume);
+
+  /*!
+    Stop playing an audio CD.
+    
+    @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_audio_stop (CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_AUDIO_H__ */

src/libcdio/cdio/bytesex.h

@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
+/*
+    $Id: bytesex.h,v 1.5 2008/03/25 15:59:08 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2000, 2004 Herbert Valerio Riedel <hvr@gnu.org>
+    Copyright (C) 2005, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file bytesex.h 
+ *  \brief  Generic Byte-swapping routines.
+ *
+ *   Note: this header will is slated to get removed and libcdio will
+ *   use glib.h routines instead.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_BYTESEX_H__
+#define __CDIO_BYTESEX_H__
+
+#include <cdio/types.h>
+#include <cdio/bytesex_asm.h>
+#include <cdio/logging.h>
+
+/** 16-bit big-endian to little-endian */
+#define UINT16_SWAP_LE_BE_C(val) ((uint16_t) ( \
+    (((uint16_t) (val) & (uint16_t) 0x00ffU) << 8) | \
+    (((uint16_t) (val) & (uint16_t) 0xff00U) >> 8)))
+
+/** 32-bit big-endian to little-endian */
+#define UINT32_SWAP_LE_BE_C(val) ((uint32_t) ( \
+    (((uint32_t) (val) & (uint32_t) 0x000000ffU) << 24) | \
+    (((uint32_t) (val) & (uint32_t) 0x0000ff00U) <<  8) | \
+    (((uint32_t) (val) & (uint32_t) 0x00ff0000U) >>  8) | \
+    (((uint32_t) (val) & (uint32_t) 0xff000000U) >> 24)))
+
+/** 64-bit big-endian to little-endian */
+#define UINT64_SWAP_LE_BE_C(val) ((uint64_t) ( \
+    (((uint64_t) (val) & (uint64_t) UINT64_C(0x00000000000000ff)) << 56) | \
+    (((uint64_t) (val) & (uint64_t) UINT64_C(0x000000000000ff00)) << 40) | \
+    (((uint64_t) (val) & (uint64_t) UINT64_C(0x0000000000ff0000)) << 24) | \
+    (((uint64_t) (val) & (uint64_t) UINT64_C(0x00000000ff000000)) <<  8) | \
+    (((uint64_t) (val) & (uint64_t) UINT64_C(0x000000ff00000000)) >>  8) | \
+    (((uint64_t) (val) & (uint64_t) UINT64_C(0x0000ff0000000000)) >> 24) | \
+    (((uint64_t) (val) & (uint64_t) UINT64_C(0x00ff000000000000)) >> 40) | \
+    (((uint64_t) (val) & (uint64_t) UINT64_C(0xff00000000000000)) >> 56)))
+
+#ifndef UINT16_SWAP_LE_BE
+# define UINT16_SWAP_LE_BE UINT16_SWAP_LE_BE_C
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UINT32_SWAP_LE_BE
+# define UINT32_SWAP_LE_BE UINT32_SWAP_LE_BE_C
+#endif
+
+#ifndef UINT64_SWAP_LE_BE
+# define UINT64_SWAP_LE_BE UINT64_SWAP_LE_BE_C
+#endif
+
+inline static 
+uint16_t uint16_swap_le_be (const uint16_t val)
+{
+  return UINT16_SWAP_LE_BE (val);
+}
+
+inline static 
+uint32_t uint32_swap_le_be (const uint32_t val)
+{
+  return UINT32_SWAP_LE_BE (val);
+}
+
+inline static 
+uint64_t uint64_swap_le_be (const uint64_t val)
+{
+  return UINT64_SWAP_LE_BE (val);
+}
+
+# define UINT8_TO_BE(val)      ((uint8_t) (val))
+# define UINT8_TO_LE(val)      ((uint8_t) (val))
+#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+# define UINT16_TO_BE(val)     ((uint16_t) (val))
+# define UINT16_TO_LE(val)     ((uint16_t) UINT16_SWAP_LE_BE(val))
+
+# define UINT32_TO_BE(val)     ((uint32_t) (val))
+# define UINT32_TO_LE(val)     ((uint32_t) UINT32_SWAP_LE_BE(val))
+
+# define UINT64_TO_BE(val)     ((uint64_t) (val))
+# define UINT64_TO_LE(val)     ((uint64_t) UINT64_SWAP_LE_BE(val))
+#else
+# define UINT16_TO_BE(val)     ((uint16_t) UINT16_SWAP_LE_BE(val))
+# define UINT16_TO_LE(val)     ((uint16_t) (val))
+
+# define UINT32_TO_BE(val)     ((uint32_t) UINT32_SWAP_LE_BE(val))
+# define UINT32_TO_LE(val)     ((uint32_t) (val))
+
+# define UINT64_TO_BE(val)     ((uint64_t) UINT64_SWAP_LE_BE(val))
+# define UINT64_TO_LE(val)     ((uint64_t) (val))
+#endif
+
+/** symmetric conversions */
+#define UINT8_FROM_BE(val)     (UINT8_TO_BE (val))
+#define UINT8_FROM_LE(val)     (UINT8_TO_LE (val))
+#define UINT16_FROM_BE(val)    (UINT16_TO_BE (val))
+#define UINT16_FROM_LE(val)    (UINT16_TO_LE (val))
+#define UINT32_FROM_BE(val)    (UINT32_TO_BE (val))
+#define UINT32_FROM_LE(val)    (UINT32_TO_LE (val))
+#define UINT64_FROM_BE(val)    (UINT64_TO_BE (val))
+#define UINT64_FROM_LE(val)    (UINT64_TO_LE (val))
+
+/** converter function template */
+#define CVT_TO_FUNC(bits) \
+ static inline uint ## bits ## _t \
+ uint ## bits ## _to_be (uint ## bits ## _t val) \
+ { return UINT ## bits ## _TO_BE (val); } \
+ static inline uint ## bits ## _t \
+ uint ## bits ## _to_le (uint ## bits ## _t val) \
+ { return UINT ## bits ## _TO_LE (val); } \
+
+CVT_TO_FUNC(8)
+CVT_TO_FUNC(16)
+CVT_TO_FUNC(32)
+CVT_TO_FUNC(64)
+
+#undef CVT_TO_FUNC
+
+#define uint8_from_be(val)     (uint8_to_be (val))
+#define uint8_from_le(val)     (uint8_to_le (val))
+#define uint16_from_be(val)    (uint16_to_be (val))
+#define uint16_from_le(val)    (uint16_to_le (val))
+#define uint32_from_be(val)    (uint32_to_be (val))
+#define uint32_from_le(val)    (uint32_to_le (val))
+#define uint64_from_be(val)    (uint64_to_be (val))
+#define uint64_from_le(val)    (uint64_to_le (val))
+
+/** ISO9660-related field conversion routines */
+
+/** Convert from uint8_t to ISO 9660 7.1.1 format */
+#define to_711(i)   uint8_to_le(i)
+
+/** Convert from ISO 9660 7.1.1 format to uint8_t */
+#define from_711(i) uint8_from_le(i)
+
+/** Convert from uint16_t to ISO 9669 7.2.1 format */
+#define to_721(i)   uint16_to_le(i)
+
+/** Convert from ISO 9660 7.2.1 format to uint16_t */
+#define from_721(i) uint16_from_le(i)
+
+/** Convert from uint16_t to ISO 9669 7.2.2 format */
+#define to_722(i)   uint16_to_be(i)
+
+/** Convert from ISO 9660 7.2.2 format to uint16_t */
+#define from_722(i) uint16_from_be(i)
+
+/** Convert from uint16_t to ISO 9669 7.2.3 format */
+static inline uint32_t
+to_723(uint16_t i)
+{
+  return uint32_swap_le_be(i) | i;
+}
+
+/** Convert from ISO 9660 7.2.3 format to uint16_t */
+static inline uint16_t 
+from_723 (uint32_t p)
+{
+  if (uint32_swap_le_be (p) != p)
+    cdio_warn ("from_723: broken byte order");
+
+  return (0xFFFF & p);
+}
+
+/** Convert from uint16_t to ISO 9669 7.3.1 format */
+#define to_731(i)   uint32_to_le(i)
+
+/** Convert from ISO 9660 7.3.1 format to uint32_t */
+#define from_731(i) uint32_from_le(i)
+
+/** Convert from uint32_t to ISO 9669 7.3.2 format */
+#define to_732(i)   uint32_to_be(i)
+
+/** Convert from ISO 9660 7.3.2 format to uint32_t */
+#define from_732(i) uint32_from_be(i)
+
+/** Convert from uint16_t to ISO 9669 7.3.3 format */
+static inline uint64_t
+to_733(uint32_t i)
+{
+  return uint64_swap_le_be(i) | i;
+}
+
+/** Convert from ISO 9660 7.3.3 format to uint32_t */
+static inline uint32_t 
+from_733 (uint64_t p)
+{
+  if (uint64_swap_le_be (p) != p)
+    cdio_warn ("from_733: broken byte order");
+    
+  return (UINT32_C(0xFFFFFFFF) & p);
+}
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_BYTESEX_H__ */
+
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */

src/libcdio/cdio/bytesex_asm.h

@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
+/*
+    $Id: bytesex_asm.h,v 1.3 2008/03/25 15:59:08 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+                  2001, 2004, 2005 Herbert Valerio Riedel <hvr@gnu.org>
+                  2001 Sven Ottemann <ac-logic@freenet.de>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file bytesex_asm.h 
+ *  \brief  Assembly code to handle byte-swapping.
+
+    Note: this header will is slated to get removed and libcdio will use 
+    glib.h routines instead. 
+*/
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_BYTESEX_ASM_H__
+#define __CDIO_BYTESEX_ASM_H__
+#if !defined(DISABLE_ASM_OPTIMIZE)
+
+#include <cdio/types.h>
+
+#if defined(__powerpc__) && defined(__GNUC__)
+
+inline static
+uint32_t uint32_swap_le_be_asm(const uint32_t a)
+{
+  uint32_t b;
+
+  __asm__ ("lwbrx %0,0,%1"
+           :"=r"(b)
+           :"r"(&a), "m"(a));
+
+  return b;
+}
+
+inline static
+uint16_t uint16_swap_le_be_asm(const uint16_t a)
+{
+  uint32_t b;
+
+  __asm__ ("lhbrx %0,0,%1"
+           :"=r"(b)
+           :"r"(&a), "m"(a));
+
+  return b;
+}
+
+#define UINT16_SWAP_LE_BE uint16_swap_le_be_asm
+#define UINT32_SWAP_LE_BE uint32_swap_le_be_asm
+
+#elif defined(__mc68000__) &&  defined(__STORMGCC__)
+
+inline static 
+uint32_t uint32_swap_le_be_asm(uint32_t a __asm__("d0"))
+{
+  /* __asm__("rolw #8,%0; swap %0; rolw #8,%0" : "=d" (val) : "0" (val)); */
+
+  __asm__("move.l %1,d0;rol.w #8,d0;swap d0;rol.w #8,d0;move.l d0,%0"
+          :"=r"(a)
+          :"r"(a));
+
+  return(a);
+}
+
+inline static
+uint16_t uint16_swap_le_be_asm(uint16_t a __asm__("d0"))
+{
+  __asm__("move.l %1,d0;rol.w #8,d0;move.l d0,%0"
+          :"=r"(a)
+          :"r"(a));
+  
+  return(a);
+}
+
+#define UINT16_SWAP_LE_BE uint16_swap_le_be_asm
+#define UINT32_SWAP_LE_BE uint32_swap_le_be_asm
+
+#elif 0 && defined(__i386__) && defined(__GNUC__)
+
+inline static 
+uint32_t uint32_swap_le_be_asm(uint32_t a)
+{
+  __asm__("xchgb %b0,%h0\n\t"     /* swap lower bytes     */
+	  "rorl $16,%0\n\t"       /* swap words           */
+	  "xchgb %b0,%h0"         /* swap higher bytes    */
+	  :"=q" (a)
+	  : "0" (a));
+
+  return(a);
+}
+
+inline static
+uint16_t uint16_swap_le_be_asm(uint16_t a)
+{
+  __asm__("xchgb %b0,%h0"         /* swap bytes           */ 
+	  : "=q" (a) 
+	  :  "0" (a));
+  
+  return(a);
+}
+
+#define UINT16_SWAP_LE_BE uint16_swap_le_be_asm
+#define UINT32_SWAP_LE_BE uint32_swap_le_be_asm
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !defined(DISABLE_ASM_OPTIMIZE) */
+#endif /* __CDIO_BYTESEX_ASM_H__ */
+
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */

src/libcdio/cdio/cdio.h

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/* -*- c -*-
+    Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008, 2009 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+    Copyright (C) 2001 Herbert Valerio Riedel <hvr@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file cdio.h 
+ *
+ *  \brief The top-level header for libcdio: the CD Input and Control
+ *  library. Applications include this for anything regarding libcdio.
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_H__
+#define __CDIO_H__
+
+/** Application Interface or Protocol version number. If the public
+ *  interface changes, we increase this number.
+ */
+#define CDIO_API_VERSION 5
+
+#include <cdio/version.h>
+#include <cdio/types.h>
+#ifdef  HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef  HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <cdio/sector.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/* For compatibility. */
+#define CdIo CdIo_t
+    
+  /** This is an opaque structure for the CD object. */
+  typedef struct _CdIo CdIo_t; 
+
+  typedef struct cdtext_s cdtext_t;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/* Drive(r)/Device-related functions. Perhaps we should break out 
+   Driver from device?
+*/
+#include <cdio/device.h>
+
+/* Disc-related functions. */
+#include <cdio/disc.h>
+
+/* Sector (frame, or block)-related functions. Uses driver_return_code_t
+   from <cdio/device.h> so it should come after that. 
+*/
+#include <cdio/read.h>
+
+/* CD-Text-related functions. */
+#include <cdio/cdtext.h>
+
+/* Track-related functions. */
+#include <cdio/track.h>
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_H__ */

src/libcdio/cdio/cdio_config.h

@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@
+/* config.h.in.  Generated from configure.ac by autoheader.  */
+
+/* compiler does lsbf in struct bitfields */
+#undef BITFIELD_LSBF
+
+/* Define 1 if you are compiling using cygwin */
+#undef CYGWIN
+
+/* what to put between the brackets for empty arrays */
+#define EMPTY_ARRAY_SIZE MAX_PATH
+
+/* Define 1 if you have BSDI-type CD-ROM support */
+#undef HAVE_BSDI_CDROM
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `bzero' function. */
+#undef HAVE_BZERO
+
+/* Define this if you have libcddb installed */
+#undef HAVE_CDDB
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <CoreFoundation/CFBase.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_COREFOUNDATION_CFBASE_H
+
+/* Define 1 if you have Darwin OS X-type CD-ROM support */
+#undef HAVE_DARWIN_CDROM
+
+/* Define if time.h defines extern long timezone and int daylight vars. */
+#undef HAVE_DAYLIGHT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_DLFCN_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <dvd.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_DVD_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <errno.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_ERRNO_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <fcntl.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_FCNTL_H
+
+/* Define 1 if you have FreeBSD CD-ROM support */
+#undef HAVE_FREEBSD_CDROM
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <glob.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_GLOB_H
+
+/* Define if you have the iconv() function. */
+#undef HAVE_ICONV
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <IOKit/IOKitLib.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_IOKIT_IOKITLIB_H
+
+/* Supports ISO _Pragma() macro */
+#undef HAVE_ISOC99_PRAGMA
+
+/* Define 1 if you want ISO-9660 Joliet extension support. You must have also
+   libiconv installed to get Joliet extension support. */
+#undef HAVE_JOLIET
+
+/* Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET). */
+#undef HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `nsl' library (-lnsl). */
+#undef HAVE_LIBNSL
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `socket' library (-lsocket). */
+#undef HAVE_LIBSOCKET
+
+/* Define 1 if you have Linux-type CD-ROM support */
+#undef HAVE_LINUX_CDROM
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <linux/cdrom.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_LINUX_CDROM_H
+
+/* Define 1 if timeout is in cdrom_generic_command struct */
+#undef HAVE_LINUX_CDROM_TIMEOUT
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <linux/version.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_LINUX_VERSION_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `memcpy' function. */
+#define HAVE_MEMCPY 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_MEMORY_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `memset' function. */
+#define HAVE_MEMSET 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `snprintf' function. */
+#undef HAVE_SNPRINTF
+
+/* Define 1 if you have Solaris CD-ROM support */
+#undef HAVE_SOLARIS_CDROM
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdbool.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STDBOOL_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdio.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_STDIO_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_STRING_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/cdio.h> header file. */
+#undef HAVE_SYS_CDIO_H
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_SYS_STAT_H 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1
+
+/* Define if struct tm has the tm_gmtoff member. */
+#undef HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
+
+/* Define if time.h defines extern extern char *tzname[2] variable */
+#undef HAVE_TZNAME
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `tzset' function. */
+#undef HAVE_TZSET
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
+#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
+
+/* Define this if you have libvcdinfo installed */
+#undef HAVE_VCDINFO
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the `vsnprintf' function. */
+#undef HAVE_VSNPRINTF
+
+/* Define 1 if you have MinGW CD-ROM support */
+#define HAVE_WIN32_CDROM 1
+
+/* Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const. */
+#undef ICONV_CONST 
+
+/* Define 1 if you are compiling using MinGW */
+#undef MINGW32
+
+/* Name of package */
+#define PACKAGE "libcdio"
+
+/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
+#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
+
+/* Define to the full name of this package. */
+#define PACKAGE_NAME "libcdio"
+
+/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_STRING
+
+/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
+#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
+
+/* Define to the version of this package. */
+#define PACKAGE_VERSION 1
+
+/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
+#define STDC_HEADERS 1
+
+/* Version number of package */
+#define VERSION "1"
+
+/* Define to 1 if your processor stores words with the most significant byte
+   first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel and VAX). */
+#undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+
+/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */
+#undef const
+
+/* Define to `__inline__' or `__inline' if that's what the C compiler
+   calls it, or to nothing if 'inline' is not supported under any name.  */
+#define inline  __inline
+

src/libcdio/cdio/cdtext.h

@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+/*
+    $Id: cdtext.h,v 1.14 2008/03/25 15:59:08 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+    adapted from cuetools
+    Copyright (C) 2003 Svend Sanjay Sorensen <ssorensen@fastmail.fm>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+/*!
+ * \file cdtext.h 
+ *
+ * \brief The top-level header for CD-Text information. Applications
+ *  include this for CD-Text access.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_CDTEXT_H__
+#define __CDIO_CDTEXT_H__
+
+#include <cdio/cdio.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#define MAX_CDTEXT_FIELDS 13
+#define MIN_CDTEXT_FIELD  0
+#define MAX_CDTEXT_DATA_LENGTH 5000
+#define MAX_CDTEXT_GENRE_CODE 28
+
+  
+  /*! \brief structure for holding CD-Text information
+
+  @see cdtext_init, cdtext_destroy, cdtext_get, and cdtext_set.
+  */
+  struct cdtext {
+    char *field[MAX_CDTEXT_FIELDS];
+  };
+  typedef struct cdtext cdtext_track_t;
+
+  struct cdtext_s {
+    cdtext_track_t track[100];  /* cdtext for track 1..99. 0 represents cd-text of disc */
+    uint16_t genre_code;        /* genre code */
+    uint8_t  block;
+    char encoding[16];          /* encoding of character strings */
+    char language[3];           /* ISO 639-1 (2 letter) language code */
+  };
+  
+  /*! \brief A list of all of the CD-Text fields. Because
+    the interval has no gaps, we can use ++ to iterate over fields.
+   */
+  typedef enum {
+    CDTEXT_ARRANGER   =  0,   /**< name(s) of the arranger(s) */
+    CDTEXT_COMPOSER   =  1,   /**< name(s) of the composer(s) */
+    CDTEXT_DISCID     =  2,   /**< disc identification information */
+    CDTEXT_GENRE      =  3,   /**< genre identification and genre information */
+    CDTEXT_MESSAGE    =  4,   /**< ISRC code of each track */
+    CDTEXT_ISRC       =  5,   /**< message(s) from the content provider or artist */
+    CDTEXT_PERFORMER  =  6,   /**< name(s) of the performer(s) */
+    CDTEXT_SIZE_INFO  =  7,   /**< size information of the block */
+    CDTEXT_SONGWRITER =  8,   /**< name(s) of the songwriter(s) */
+    CDTEXT_TITLE      =  9,   /**< title of album name or track titles */
+    CDTEXT_TOC_INFO   = 10,   /**< table of contents information */
+    CDTEXT_TOC_INFO2  = 11,   /**< second table of contents information */
+    CDTEXT_UPC_EAN    = 12,
+    CDTEXT_INVALID    = MAX_CDTEXT_FIELDS
+  } cdtext_field_t;
+
+  /*! Return string representation of the enum values above */
+  const char *cdtext_field2str (cdtext_field_t i);
+
+  /*! CD-Text genre codes */
+  typedef enum {
+    CDIO_CDTEXT_GENRE_UNUSED         =  0,        /**< not used  */
+    CDIO_CDTEXT_GENRE_UNDEFINED      =  1,        /**< not defined */
+    CDIO_CDTEXT_GENRE_ADULT_CONTEMP  =  2,        /**< Adult Contemporary       */
+    CDIO_CDTEXT_GENRE_ALT_ROCK       =  3,        /**< Alternative Rock         */
+    CDIO_CDTEXT_GENRE_CHILDRENS      =  4,        /**< Childrens Music          */
+    CDIO_CDTEXT_GENRE_CLASSIC        =  5,        /**< Classical                */
+    CDIO_CDTEXT_GENRE_CHRIST_CONTEMP =  6,        /**< Contemporary Christian   */
+    CDIO_CDTEXT_GENRE_COUNTRY        =  7,        /**< Country                  */
+    CDIO_CDTEXT_GENRE_DANCE          =  8,        /**< Dance                    */
+    CDIO_CDTEXT_GENRE_EASY_LISTENING =  9,        /**< Easy Listening           */
+    CDIO_CDTEXT_GENRE_EROTIC         = 10,        /**< Erotic                   */
+    CDIO_CDTEXT_GENRE_FOLK           = 11,        /**< Folk                     */
+    CDIO_CDTEXT_GENRE_GOSPEL         = 12,        /**< Gospel                   */
+    CDIO_CDTEXT_GENRE_HIPHOP         = 13,        /**< Hip Hop                  */
+    CDIO_CDTEXT_GENRE_JAZZ           = 14,        /**< Jazz                     */
+    CDIO_CDTEXT_GENRE_LATIN          = 15,        /**< Latin                    */
+    CDIO_CDTEXT_GENRE_MUSICAL        = 16,        /**< Musical                  */
+    CDIO_CDTEXT_GENRE_NEWAGE         = 17,        /**< New Age                  */
+    CDIO_CDTEXT_GENRE_OPERA          = 18,        /**< Opera                    */
+    CDIO_CDTEXT_GENRE_OPERETTA       = 19,        /**< Operetta                 */
+    CDIO_CDTEXT_GENRE_POP            = 20,        /**< Pop Music                */
+    CDIO_CDTEXT_GENRE_RAP            = 21,        /**< RAP                      */
+    CDIO_CDTEXT_GENRE_REGGAE         = 22,        /**< Reggae                   */
+    CDIO_CDTEXT_GENRE_ROCK           = 23,        /**< Rock Music               */
+    CDIO_CDTEXT_GENRE_RYTHMANDBLUES  = 24,        /**< Rhythm & Blues           */
+    CDIO_CDTEXT_GENRE_SOUNDEFFECTS   = 25,        /**< Sound Effects            */
+    CDIO_CDTEXT_GENRE_SOUNDTRACK     = 26,        /**< Soundtrack               */
+    CDIO_CDTEXT_GENRE_SPOKEN_WORD    = 27,        /**< Spoken Word              */
+    CDIO_CDTEXT_GENRE_WORLD_MUSIC    = 28         /**< World Music              */
+  } cdtext_genre_t;
+  
+  /*! Return string representation of the given genre code */
+  const char *cdtext_genre2str (cdtext_genre_t i);
+  
+  /*! Initialize a new cdtext structure.
+    When the structure is no longer needed, release the 
+    resources using cdtext_delete.
+  */
+  void cdtext_init (cdtext_t *cdtext);
+
+  /*! Parse raw CD-Text data into cdtext structure */ 
+  bool cdtext_data_init(cdtext_t *cdtext, uint8_t *wdata, size_t length);
+  
+  /*! Free memory assocated with cdtext*/
+  void cdtext_destroy (cdtext_t *cdtext);
+  
+  /*! returns an allocated string associated with the given field.  NULL is
+    returned if key is CDTEXT_INVALID or the field is not set.
+
+    The user needs to free the string when done with it.
+
+    @see cdio_get_const to retrieve a constant string that doesn't
+    have to be freed.
+  */
+  char *cdtext_get (cdtext_field_t key, track_t track, const cdtext_t *cdtext);
+
+
+  /*! returns a const string associated with the given field.  NULL is
+    returned if key is CDTEXT_INVALID or the field is not set.
+
+    Don't use the string when the cdtext object (i.e. the CdIo_t object
+    you got it from) is no longer valid.
+
+    @see cdio_get to retrieve an allocated string that persists past
+    the cdtext object.
+  */
+  const char *cdtext_get_const (cdtext_field_t key, track_t track, const cdtext_t *cdtext);
+  
+  /*!
+    returns enum of keyword if key is a CD-Text keyword, 
+    returns MAX_CDTEXT_FIELDS non-zero otherwise.
+  */
+  cdtext_field_t cdtext_is_keyword (const char *key);
+  
+  /*! 
+    sets cdtext's keyword entry to field 
+  */
+  void cdtext_set (cdtext_field_t key, track_t track, const char *value, cdtext_t *cdtext);
+  
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_CDTEXT_H__ */
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */

src/libcdio/cdio/disc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/* -*- c -*-
+
+    Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008, 2010 Rocky Bernstein
+    <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/**
+   \file disc.h 
+   \brief  The top-level header for disc-related libcdio calls.
+ */
+#ifndef __CDIO_DISC_H__
+#define __CDIO_DISC_H__
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+    /**
+       disc modes. The first combined from MMC-5 6.33.3.13 (Send
+       CUESHEET), "DVD Book" from MMC-5 Table 400, page 419.  and
+       GNU/Linux /usr/include/linux/cdrom.h and we've added DVD.
+    */
+  typedef enum {
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_CD_DA,	    /**< CD-DA */
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_CD_DATA,	    /**< CD-ROM form 1 */
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_CD_XA,	    /**< CD-ROM XA form2 */
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_CD_MIXED,	    /**< Some combo of above. */
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_DVD_ROM,         /**< DVD ROM (e.g. movies) */
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_DVD_RAM,         /**< DVD-RAM */
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_DVD_R,           /**< DVD-R */
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_DVD_RW,          /**< DVD-RW */
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_HD_DVD_ROM,      /**< HD DVD-ROM */
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_HD_DVD_RAM,      /**< HD DVD-RAM */
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_HD_DVD_R,        /**< HD DVD-R */
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_DVD_PR,          /**< DVD+R */
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_DVD_PRW,         /**< DVD+RW */
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_DVD_PRW_DL,      /**< DVD+RW DL */
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_DVD_PR_DL,       /**< DVD+R DL */
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_DVD_OTHER,       /**< Unknown/unclassified DVD type */
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_NO_INFO,
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_ERROR,
+    CDIO_DISC_MODE_CD_I	        /**< CD-i. */
+  } discmode_t;
+
+  extern const char *discmode2str[];
+  /**
+    Get binary CD-Text information for a CdIo_t object.
+
+    @param p_cdio the CD object that may contain CD-Text information.
+    @return malloc'd pointer to raw CD-Text data as stored on the disc 
+    or NULL if p_cdio is NULL or CD-Text information does not exist.
+    Return value should be freed when done with it and not NULL.
+  */
+  uint8_t * cdio_get_cdtext_raw (CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+
+  /** 
+    Get CD-Text information for a CdIo_t object.
+ 
+    @param p_cdio the CD object that may contain CD-Text information.
+    @return the CD-Text object or NULL if p_cdio is NULL
+    or CD-Text information does not exist.
+  */
+  cdtext_t *cdio_get_cdtext (CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+
+  /** 
+    Get disc mode - the kind of CD (CD-DA, CD-ROM mode 1, CD-MIXED, etc.
+    that we've got. The notion of "CD" is extended a little to include
+    DVD's.
+  */
+  discmode_t cdio_get_discmode (CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+
+  /**
+    Get the lsn of the end of the CD
+
+    @return the lsn. On error 0 or CDIO_INVALD_LSN.
+  */
+  lsn_t cdio_get_disc_last_lsn(const CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+  
+  /**
+    Return the Joliet level recognized for p_cdio.
+  */
+  uint8_t cdio_get_joliet_level(const CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+
+  /**
+    Get the media catalog number (MCN) from the CD.
+
+    @return the media catalog number or NULL if there is none or we
+    don't have the ability to get it.
+
+    Note: string is malloc'd so caller has to free() the returned
+    string when done with it.
+
+  */
+  char * cdio_get_mcn (const CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+
+  /**
+    Get the number of tracks on the CD.
+
+    @return the number of tracks, or CDIO_INVALID_TRACK if there is
+    an error.
+  */
+  track_t cdio_get_num_tracks (const CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+  
+  /**
+    Return true if discmode is some sort of CD.
+  */
+  bool cdio_is_discmode_cdrom (discmode_t discmode);
+  
+  /**
+    Return true if discmode is some sort of DVD.
+  */
+  bool cdio_is_discmode_dvd (discmode_t discmode);
+  
+  /**
+      cdio_stat_size is deprecated. @see cdio_get_disc_last_lsn  
+  */
+#define cdio_stat_size cdio_get_disc_last_lsn
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_DISC_H__ */

src/libcdio/cdio/ds.h

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+/*
+    $Id: ds.h,v 1.5 2008/03/25 15:59:09 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2005, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+    Copyright (C) 2000, 2004 Herbert Valerio Riedel <hvr@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file ds.h 
+ *  \brief  The top-level header for list-related data structures.
+
+    Note: this header will is slated to get removed and libcdio will use 
+    glib.h routines instead. 
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_DS_H__
+#define __CDIO_DS_H__
+
+#include <cdio/types.h>
+
+/** opaque types... */
+typedef struct _CdioList CdioList_t;
+typedef struct _CdioListNode CdioListNode_t;
+
+typedef int (*_cdio_list_cmp_func_t) (void *p_data1, void *p_data2);
+typedef int (*_cdio_list_iterfunc_t) (void *p_data, void *p_user_data);
+
+/** The below are given compatibility with old code. Please use
+    the above type names, not these. */
+#define CdioList CdioList_t
+#define CdioListNode CdioListNode_t
+#define _cdio_list_cmp_func _cdio_list_cmp_func_t
+#define _cdio_list_iterfunc _cdio_list_iterfunc_t
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/** methods */
+CdioList_t *_cdio_list_new (void);
+
+void _cdio_list_free (CdioList_t *p_list, int free_data);
+
+unsigned _cdio_list_length (const CdioList_t *list);
+
+void _cdio_list_prepend (CdioList_t *p_list, void *p_data);
+
+void _cdio_list_append (CdioList_t *p_list, void *p_data);
+
+void _cdio_list_foreach (CdioList_t *p_list, _cdio_list_iterfunc_t func, 
+                         void *p_user_data);
+
+CdioListNode_t *_cdio_list_find (CdioList_t *p_list, 
+                                 _cdio_list_iterfunc_t cmp_func, 
+                                 void *p_user_data);
+
+#define _CDIO_LIST_FOREACH(node, list) \
+ for (node = _cdio_list_begin (list); node; node = _cdio_list_node_next (node))
+
+/** node operations */
+
+CdioListNode_t *_cdio_list_begin (const CdioList_t *p_list);
+
+CdioListNode_t *_cdio_list_end (CdioList_t *p_list);
+
+CdioListNode_t *_cdio_list_node_next (CdioListNode_t *p_node);
+
+void _cdio_list_node_free (CdioListNode_t *p_node, int i_free_data);
+
+void *_cdio_list_node_data (CdioListNode_t *p_node);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_DS_H__ */
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */
+

src/libcdio/cdio/dvd.h

@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
+/*
+    Copyright (C) 2004, 2010 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+    Modeled after GNU/Linux definitions in linux/cdrom.h
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/**
+   \file dvd.h 
+   \brief Definitions for DVD access.
+
+   The documents we make use of are described Multi-Media Commands
+   (MMC). This document generally has a numeric level number
+   appended. For example MMC-5 refers to ``Multi-Media Commands - 5'
+   which is the current version in 2010.
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_DVD_H__
+#define __CDIO_DVD_H__
+
+#include <cdio/types.h>
+
+/**
+   Values used in a READ DVD STRUCTURE
+ */
+
+#define CDIO_DVD_STRUCT_PHYSICAL	0x00
+#define CDIO_DVD_STRUCT_COPYRIGHT	0x01
+#define CDIO_DVD_STRUCT_DISCKEY	        0x02
+#define CDIO_DVD_STRUCT_BCA		0x03
+#define CDIO_DVD_STRUCT_MANUFACT	0x04
+
+/**
+    Media definitions for "DVD Book" from MMC-5 Table 400, page 419.
+*/
+#define CDIO_DVD_BOOK_DVD_ROM     0x0 /**< DVD-ROM */
+#define CDIO_DVD_BOOK_DVD_RAM     0x1 /**< DVD-RAM */
+#define CDIO_DVD_BOOK_DVD_R       0x2 /**< DVD-R */
+#define CDIO_DVD_BOOK_DVD_RW      0x3 /**< DVD-RW */
+#define CDIO_DVD_BOOK_HD_DVD_ROM  0x4 /**< HD DVD-ROM */
+#define CDIO_DVD_BOOK_HD_DVD_RAM  0x5 /**< HD DVD-RAM */
+#define CDIO_DVD_BOOK_HD_DVD_R    0x6 /**< HD DVD-R */
+#define CDIO_DVD_BOOK_DVD_PRW     0x9 /**< DVD+RW */
+#define CDIO_DVD_BOOK_DVD_PR      0xa /**< DVD+R  */
+#define CDIO_DVD_BOOK_DVD_PRW_DL  0xd /**< DVD+RW DL  */
+#define CDIO_DVD_BOOK_DVD_PR_DL   0xe /**< DVD+R DL  */
+
+typedef struct cdio_dvd_layer {
+  unsigned int book_version	: 4;
+  unsigned int book_type	: 4;
+  unsigned int min_rate	        : 4;
+  unsigned int disc_size	: 4;
+  unsigned int layer_type	: 4;
+  unsigned int track_path	: 1;
+  unsigned int nlayers	        : 2;
+  unsigned int track_density	: 4;
+  unsigned int linear_density   : 4;
+  unsigned int bca		: 1;
+  uint32_t start_sector;
+  uint32_t end_sector;
+  uint32_t end_sector_l0;
+} cdio_dvd_layer_t;
+
+/**
+    Maximum number of layers in a DVD.  
+ */
+#define CDIO_DVD_MAX_LAYERS	4
+
+typedef struct cdio_dvd_physical {
+  uint8_t type;
+  uint8_t layer_num;
+  cdio_dvd_layer_t layer[CDIO_DVD_MAX_LAYERS];
+} cdio_dvd_physical_t;
+
+typedef struct cdio_dvd_copyright {
+  uint8_t type;
+  
+  uint8_t layer_num;
+  uint8_t cpst;
+  uint8_t rmi;
+} cdio_dvd_copyright_t;
+
+typedef struct cdio_dvd_disckey {
+  uint8_t type;
+  
+  unsigned agid	: 2;
+  uint8_t value[2048];
+} cdio_dvd_disckey_t;
+
+typedef struct cdio_dvd_bca {
+  uint8_t type;
+  
+  int len;
+  uint8_t value[188];
+} cdio_dvd_bca_t;
+
+typedef struct cdio_dvd_manufact {
+  uint8_t type;
+  
+  uint8_t layer_num;
+  int len;
+  uint8_t value[2048];
+} cdio_dvd_manufact_t;
+
+typedef union {
+  uint8_t type;
+  
+  cdio_dvd_physical_t	physical;
+  cdio_dvd_copyright_t	copyright;
+  cdio_dvd_disckey_t	disckey;
+  cdio_dvd_bca_t	bca;
+  cdio_dvd_manufact_t	manufact;
+} cdio_dvd_struct_t;
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_DVD_H__ */

src/libcdio/cdio/logging.h

@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/*
+    $Id: logging.h,v 1.11 2008/03/25 15:59:09 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+    Copyright (C) 2000 Herbert Valerio Riedel <hvr@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file logging.h 
+ *  \brief Header to control logging and level of detail of output.
+ *         
+ */
+
+#ifndef __LOGGING_H__
+#define __LOGGING_H__
+
+#include <cdio/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * The different log levels supported.
+ */
+typedef enum {
+  CDIO_LOG_DEBUG = 1, /**< Debug-level messages - helps debug what's up. */
+  CDIO_LOG_INFO,      /**< Informational - indicates perhaps something of 
+                           interest. */
+  CDIO_LOG_WARN,      /**< Warning conditions - something that looks funny. */
+  CDIO_LOG_ERROR,     /**< Error conditions - may terminate program.  */
+  CDIO_LOG_ASSERT     /**< Critical conditions - may abort program. */
+} cdio_log_level_t;
+
+/**
+ * The place to save the preference concerning how much verbosity 
+ * is desired. This is used by the internal default log handler, but
+ * it could be use by applications which provide their own log handler.
+ */
+extern cdio_log_level_t cdio_loglevel_default;
+
+/**
+ * This type defines the signature of a log handler.  For every
+ * message being logged, the handler will receive the log level and
+ * the message string.
+ *
+ * @see cdio_log_set_handler
+ * @see cdio_log_level_t
+ *
+ * @param level   The log level.
+ * @param message The log message.
+ */
+typedef void (*cdio_log_handler_t) (cdio_log_level_t level, 
+                                    const char message[]);
+
+/**
+ * Set a custom log handler for libcdio.  The return value is the log
+ * handler being replaced.  If the provided parameter is NULL, then
+ * the handler will be reset to the default handler.
+ *
+ * @see cdio_log_handler_t
+ *
+ * @param new_handler The new log handler.
+ * @return The previous log handler.
+ */
+cdio_log_handler_t cdio_log_set_handler (cdio_log_handler_t new_handler);
+
+/**
+ * Handle an message with the given log level.
+ *
+ * @see cdio_debug
+ * @see cdio_info
+ * @see cdio_warn
+ * @see cdio_error
+
+ * @param level   The log level.
+ * @param format  printf-style format string
+ * @param ...     remaining arguments needed by format string
+ */
+void cdio_log (cdio_log_level_t level, 
+               const char format[], ...) GNUC_PRINTF(2, 3);
+    
+/**
+ * Handle a debugging message.
+ *
+ * @see cdio_log for a more generic routine
+ */
+void cdio_debug (const char format[], ...) GNUC_PRINTF(1,2);
+
+/**
+ * Handle an informative message.
+ *
+ * @see cdio_log for a more generic routine
+ */
+void cdio_info (const char format[], ...) GNUC_PRINTF(1,2);
+
+/**
+ * Handle a warning message.
+ *
+ * @see cdio_log for a more generic routine
+ */
+void cdio_warn (const char format[], ...) GNUC_PRINTF(1,2);
+
+/**
+ * Handle an error message. Execution is terminated.
+ *
+ * @see cdio_log for a more generic routine.
+ */
+void cdio_error (const char format[], ...) GNUC_PRINTF(1,2);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __LOGGING_H__ */
+
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */

src/libcdio/cdio/mmc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,811 @@
+/*
+    Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
+                  Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/**
+   \file mmc.h 
+   
+   \brief Common definitions for MMC (Multimedia Commands). Applications
+   include this for direct MMC access.
+
+   The documents we make use of are described in several
+   specifications made by the SCSI committee T10
+   http://www.t10.org. In particular, SCSI Primary Commands (SPC),
+   SCSI Block Commands (SBC), and Multi-Media Commands (MMC). These
+   documents generally have a numeric level number appended. For
+   example SPC-3 refers to ``SCSI Primary Commands - 3'.
+
+   In year 2010 the current versions were SPC-3, SBC-2, MMC-5.
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_MMC_H__
+#define __CDIO_MMC_H__
+
+#include <cdio/cdio.h>
+#include <cdio/types.h>
+#include <cdio/dvd.h>
+#include <cdio/audio.h>
+#include <cdio/mmc_util.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/* On GNU/Linux see <linux/byteorder/big_endian.h> and 
+   <linux/byteorder/little_endian.h>
+*/
+#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+#  if !defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD) && !defined(__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
+#  define __MMC_BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD
+#  endif
+#else 
+#  if !defined(__LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD) && !defined(__BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
+#  define __MMC_LITTLE_ENDIAN_BITFIELD
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+   /**
+      Structure of a SCSI/MMC sense reply.
+     
+      This has been adapted from GNU/Linux request_sense of <linux/cdrom.h>
+      include this for direct MMC access.
+      See SCSI Primary Commands-2 (SPC-3) table 26 page 38.
+    */
+    typedef struct cdio_mmc_request_sense {
+#if defined(__MMC_BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
+	uint8_t valid		: 1;  /**< valid bit is 1 if info is valid */
+	uint8_t error_code	: 7;
+#else
+	uint8_t error_code	: 7;
+	uint8_t valid		: 1;  /**< valid bit is 1 if info is valid */
+#endif
+	uint8_t segment_number;
+#if defined(__MMC_BIG_ENDIAN_BITFIELD)
+	uint8_t filemark	: 1; /**< manditory in sequential
+                                      * access devices */
+	uint8_t eom	        : 1; /**< end of medium. manditory in
+                                      * sequential access and
+                                      * printer devices */
+	uint8_t ili		: 1; /**< incorrect length indicator */
+	uint8_t reserved1	: 1;
+	uint8_t sense_key	: 4;
+#else
+	uint8_t sense_key	: 4;
+	uint8_t reserved1	: 1;
+	uint8_t ili		: 1; /**< incorrect length indicator */
+	uint8_t eom	        : 1; /**< end of medium. manditory in
+                                      * sequential access and
+                                      * printer devices */
+	uint8_t filemark	: 1; /**< manditory in sequential
+                                      * access devices */
+#endif
+	uint8_t information[4];
+	uint8_t additional_sense_len; /**< Additional sense length (n-7) */
+	uint8_t command_info[4];      /**< Command-specific information */
+	uint8_t asc;                  /**< Additional sense code */
+	uint8_t ascq;                 /**< Additional sense code qualifier */
+	uint8_t fruc;                 /**< Field replaceable unit code */
+	uint8_t sks[3];               /**< Sense-key specific */
+	uint8_t asb[46];              /**< Additional sense bytes */
+    } cdio_mmc_request_sense_t;
+
+
+    /**
+       Meanings of the values of mmc_request_sense.sense_key
+     */
+    typedef enum {
+        CDIO_MMC_SENSE_KEY_NO_SENSE        =  0,
+        CDIO_MMC_SENSE_KEY_RECOVERED_ERROR =  1,
+        CDIO_MMC_SENSE_KEY_NOT_READY       =  2,
+        CDIO_MMC_SENSE_KEY_MEDIUM_ERROR    =  3,
+        CDIO_MMC_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR  =  4,
+        CDIO_MMC_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST =  5,
+        CDIO_MMC_SENSE_KEY_UNIT_ATTENTION  =  6,
+        CDIO_MMC_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT    =  7,
+        CDIO_MMC_SENSE_KEY_BLANK_CHECK     =  8,
+        CDIO_MMC_SENSE_KEY_VENDOR_SPECIFIC =  9,
+        CDIO_MMC_SENSE_KEY_COPY_ABORTED    = 10,
+        CDIO_MMC_SENSE_KEY_ABORTED_COMMAND = 11,
+        CDIO_MMC_SENSE_KEY_OBSOLETE        = 12,
+    } cdio_mmc_sense_key_t;
+
+    /**
+       \brief The opcode-portion (generic packet commands) of an MMC command.
+       
+       In general, those opcodes that end in 6 take a 6-byte command
+       descriptor, those that end in 10 take a 10-byte
+       descriptor and those that in in 12 take a 12-byte descriptor. 
+       
+       (Not that you need to know that, but it seems to be a
+       big deal in the MMC specification.)
+       
+    */
+    typedef enum {
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_TEST_UNIT_READY        = 0x00, /**< test if drive ready. */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_INQUIRY                = 0x12, /**< Request drive 
+                                                   information. */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_MODE_SELECT_6          = 0x15, /**< Select medium 
+                                                   (6 bytes). */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_MODE_SENSE_6           = 0x1a, /**< Get medium or device
+                                                 information. Should be issued
+                                                 before MODE SELECT to get
+                                                 mode support or save current
+                                                 settings. (6 bytes). */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_START_STOP_UNIT        = 0x1b, /**< Enable/disable Disc
+                                                     operations. (6 bytes). */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL 
+                                        = 0x1e, /**< Enable/disable Disc 
+                                                   removal. (6 bytes). */
+
+  /**
+      Group 2 Commands (CDB's here are 10-bytes)   
+  */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_READ_10                = 0x28, /**< Read data from drive 
+                                                   (10 bytes). */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_READ_SUBCHANNEL        = 0x42, /**< Read Sub-Channel data.
+                                                   (10 bytes). */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_READ_TOC               = 0x43, /**< READ TOC/PMA/ATIP. 
+                                                   (10 bytes). */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_READ_HEADER            = 0x44,
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_PLAY_AUDIO_10          = 0x45, /**< Begin audio playing at
+                                                   current position
+                                                   (10 bytes). */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_GET_CONFIGURATION      = 0x46, /**< Get drive Capabilities 
+                                                   (10 bytes) */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_PLAY_AUDIO_MSF         = 0x47, /**< Begin audio playing at
+                                                   specified MSF (10
+                                                   bytes). */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_PLAY_AUDIO_TI          = 0x48,
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_PLAY_TRACK_REL_10      = 0x49, /**< Play audio at the track
+                                                   relative LBA. (10 bytes).
+                                                   Doesn't seem to be part
+                                                   of MMC standards but is
+                                                   handled by Plextor drives.
+                                                */
+                                                   
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_GET_EVENT_STATUS       = 0x4a, /**< Report events and 
+                                                   Status. */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_PAUSE_RESUME           = 0x4b, /**< Stop or restart audio 
+                                                   playback. (10 bytes). 
+                                                   Used with a PLAY command. */
+
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_READ_DISC_INFO         = 0x51, /**< Get CD information.
+                                                   (10 bytes). */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_READ_TRACK_INFORMATION = 0x52, /**< Information about a 
+                                                   logical track. */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_MODE_SELECT_10         = 0x55, /**< Select medium 
+                                                   (10-bytes). */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_MODE_SENSE_10          = 0x5a, /**< Get medium or device
+                                                 information. Should be issued
+                                                 before MODE SELECT to get
+                                                 mode support or save current
+                                                 settings. (6 bytes). */
+
+  /**
+      Group 5 Commands (CDB's here are 12-bytes) 
+  */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_PLAY_AUDIO_12          = 0xa5, /**< Begin audio playing at
+                                                   current position
+                                                 (12 bytes) */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_LOAD_UNLOAD            = 0xa6, /**< Load/unload a Disc
+                                                 (12 bytes) */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_READ_12                = 0xa8, /**< Read data from drive 
+                                                   (12 bytes). */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_PLAY_TRACK_REL_12      = 0xa9, /**< Play audio at the track
+                                                   relative LBA. (12 bytes).
+                                                   Doesn't seem to be part
+                                                   of MMC standards but is
+                                                   handled by Plextor drives.
+                                                */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_READ_DVD_STRUCTURE     = 0xad, /**< Get DVD structure info
+                                                   from media (12 bytes). */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_READ_MSF               = 0xb9, /**< Read almost any field 
+                                                   of a CD sector at specified
+                                                   MSF. (12 bytes). */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_SET_SPEED              = 0xbb, /**< Set drive speed 
+                                                   (12 bytes). This is listed 
+                                                   as optional in ATAPI 2.6, 
+                                                   but is (curiously)
+                                                   missing from Mt. Fuji, 
+                                                   Table 57. It is mentioned
+                                                   in Mt. Fuji Table 377 as an 
+                                                   MMC command for SCSI
+                                                   devices though...  Most
+                                                   ATAPI drives support it. */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_READ_CD                = 0xbe, /**< Read almost any field 
+                                                   of a CD sector at current
+                                                   location. (12 bytes). */
+  /**
+      Vendor-unique Commands  
+  */
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_CD_PLAYBACK_STATUS  = 0xc4 /**< SONY unique  = command */,
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_PLAYBACK_CONTROL    = 0xc9 /**< SONY unique  = command */,
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_READ_CDDA           = 0xd8 /**< Vendor unique  = command */,
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_READ_CDXA           = 0xdb /**< Vendor unique  = command */,
+  CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_READ_ALL_SUBCODES   = 0xdf /**< Vendor unique  = command */
+  } cdio_mmc_gpcmd_t;
+
+
+  /**
+      Read Subchannel states 
+  */
+  typedef enum {
+    CDIO_MMC_READ_SUB_ST_INVALID   = 0x00, /**< audio status not supported */
+    CDIO_MMC_READ_SUB_ST_PLAY      = 0x11, /**< audio play operation in 
+                                              progress */
+    CDIO_MMC_READ_SUB_ST_PAUSED    = 0x12, /**< audio play operation paused */
+    CDIO_MMC_READ_SUB_ST_COMPLETED = 0x13, /**< audio play successfully 
+                                              completed */
+    CDIO_MMC_READ_SUB_ST_ERROR     = 0x14, /**< audio play stopped due to 
+                                              error */
+    CDIO_MMC_READ_SUB_ST_NO_STATUS = 0x15, /**< no current audio status to
+                                              return */
+  } cdio_mmc_read_sub_state_t;
+
+  /** Level values that can go into READ_CD */
+  typedef enum {
+    CDIO_MMC_READ_TYPE_ANY  =  0,  /**< All types */
+    CDIO_MMC_READ_TYPE_CDDA =  1,  /**< Only CD-DA sectors */
+    CDIO_MMC_READ_TYPE_MODE1 = 2,  /**< mode1 sectors (user data = 2048) */
+    CDIO_MMC_READ_TYPE_MODE2 = 3,  /**< mode2 sectors form1 or form2 */
+    CDIO_MMC_READ_TYPE_M2F1 =  4,  /**< mode2 sectors form1 */
+    CDIO_MMC_READ_TYPE_M2F2 =  5   /**< mode2 sectors form2 */
+  } cdio_mmc_read_cd_type_t;
+
+  /**
+      Format values for READ_TOC 
+  */
+  typedef enum {
+    CDIO_MMC_READTOC_FMT_TOC     =  0,
+    CDIO_MMC_READTOC_FMT_SESSION =  1,  
+    CDIO_MMC_READTOC_FMT_FULTOC  =  2,
+    CDIO_MMC_READTOC_FMT_PMA     =  3,  /**< Q subcode data */
+    CDIO_MMC_READTOC_FMT_ATIP    =  4,  /**< includes media type */
+    CDIO_MMC_READTOC_FMT_CDTEXT  =  5   /**< CD-TEXT info  */
+  } cdio_mmc_readtoc_t;
+    
+  /**
+     Page codes for MODE SENSE and MODE SET. 
+  */
+  typedef enum {
+      CDIO_MMC_R_W_ERROR_PAGE     = 0x01,
+      CDIO_MMC_WRITE_PARMS_PAGE   = 0x05,
+      CDIO_MMC_CDR_PARMS_PAGE     = 0x0d,
+      CDIO_MMC_AUDIO_CTL_PAGE     = 0x0e,
+      CDIO_MMC_POWER_PAGE         = 0x1a,
+      CDIO_MMC_FAULT_FAIL_PAGE    = 0x1c,
+      CDIO_MMC_TO_PROTECT_PAGE    = 0x1d,
+      CDIO_MMC_CAPABILITIES_PAGE  = 0x2a,
+      CDIO_MMC_ALL_PAGES          = 0x3f,
+  } cdio_mmc_mode_page_t;
+
+ /**
+    READ DISC INFORMATION Data Types
+ */
+  typedef enum {
+      CDIO_MMC_READ_DISC_INFO_STANDARD   = 0x0,
+      CDIO_MMC_READ_DISC_INFO_TRACK      = 0x1,
+      CDIO_MMC_READ_DISC_INFO_POW        = 0x2,
+  } cdio_mmc_read_disc_info_datatype_t;
+        
+
+PRAGMA_BEGIN_PACKED
+  struct mmc_audio_volume_entry_s 
+  {
+    uint8_t  selection; /* Only the lower 4 bits are used. */
+    uint8_t  volume;
+  } GNUC_PACKED;
+
+  typedef struct mmc_audio_volume_entry_s mmc_audio_volume_entry_t;
+  
+  /**
+      This struct is used by cdio_audio_get_volume and cdio_audio_set_volume 
+  */
+  struct mmc_audio_volume_s
+  {
+    mmc_audio_volume_entry_t port[4];
+  } GNUC_PACKED;
+
+  typedef struct mmc_audio_volume_s mmc_audio_volume_t;
+  
+PRAGMA_END_PACKED
+  
+
+/**
+    Return type codes for GET_CONFIGURATION. 
+*/
+typedef enum {
+  CDIO_MMC_GET_CONF_ALL_FEATURES     = 0,  /**< all features without regard
+                                              to currency. */
+  CDIO_MMC_GET_CONF_CURRENT_FEATURES = 1,  /**< features which are currently
+                                              in effect (e.g. based on
+                                              medium inserted). */
+  CDIO_MMC_GET_CONF_NAMED_FEATURE    = 2   /**< just the feature named in
+                                              the GET_CONFIGURATION cdb. */
+} cdio_mmc_get_conf_t;
+  
+
+/**
+    FEATURE codes used in GET CONFIGURATION. 
+*/
+
+typedef enum {
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROFILE_LIST     = 0x000, /**< Profile List Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_CORE             = 0x001, 
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_MORPHING         = 0x002, /**< Report/prevent operational
+                                                  changes  */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_REMOVABLE_MEDIUM = 0x003, /**< Removable Medium Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_WRITE_PROTECT    = 0x004, /**< Write Protect Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_RANDOM_READABLE  = 0x010, /**< Random Readable Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_MULTI_READ       = 0x01D, /**< Multi-Read Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_CD_READ          = 0x01E, /**< CD Read Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_DVD_READ         = 0x01F, /**< DVD Read Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_RANDOM_WRITABLE  = 0x020, /**< Random Writable Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_INCR_WRITE       = 0x021, /**< Incremental Streaming 
+                                                Writable Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_SECTOR_ERASE     = 0x022, /**< Sector Erasable Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_FORMATABLE       = 0x023, /**< Formattable Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_DEFECT_MGMT      = 0x024, /**< Management Ability of the 
+                                                Logical Unit/media system to
+                                                provide an apparently 
+                                                defect-free space.*/
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_WRITE_ONCE       = 0x025, /**< Write Once
+                                                   Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_RESTRICT_OVERW   = 0x026, /**< Restricted Overwrite
+                                                Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_CD_RW_CAV        = 0x027, /**< CD-RW CAV Write Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_MRW              = 0x028, /**< MRW Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_ENHANCED_DEFECT  = 0x029, /**< Enhanced Defect Reporting */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_DVD_PRW          = 0x02A, /**< DVD+RW Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_DVD_PR           = 0x02B, /**< DVD+R Feature */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_RIGID_RES_OVERW  = 0x02C, /**< Rigid Restricted Overwrite */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_CD_TAO           = 0x02D, /**< CD Track at Once */ 
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_CD_SAO           = 0x02E, /**< CD Mastering (Session at 
+                                                Once) */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_DVD_R_RW_WRITE   = 0x02F, /**< DVD-R/RW Write */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_CD_RW_MEDIA_WRITE= 0x037, /**< CD-RW Media Write Support */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_DVD_PR_2_LAYER   = 0x03B, /**< DVD+R Double Layer */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_POWER_MGMT       = 0x100, /**< Initiator and device directed
+                                                power management */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_CDDA_EXT_PLAY    = 0x103, /**< Ability to play audio CDs 
+                                                via the Logical Unit's own
+                                                analog output */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_MCODE_UPGRADE    = 0x104, /* Ability for the device to 
+                                                accept  new microcode via
+                                                the interface */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_TIME_OUT         = 0x105, /**< Ability to respond to all
+                                                commands within a specific 
+                                                time */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_DVD_CSS          = 0x106, /**< Ability to perform DVD
+                                                CSS/CPPM authentication and
+                                                RPC */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_RT_STREAMING     = 0x107, /**< Ability to read and write 
+                                                using Initiator requested
+                                                performance parameters   */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_LU_SN            = 0x108, /**< The Logical Unit has a unique
+                                                identifier. */
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_FIRMWARE_DATE    = 0x1FF, /**< Firmware creation date 
+                                                report */
+} cdio_mmc_feature_t;
+                                
+typedef enum {
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_INTERFACE_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_INTERFACE_SCSI        = 1,
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_INTERFACE_ATAPI       = 2,
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_INTERFACE_IEEE_1394   = 3,
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_INTERFACE_IEEE_1394A  = 4,
+  CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_INTERFACE_FIBRE_CH    = 5
+} cdio_mmc_feature_interface_t;
+  
+
+/**
+    The largest Command Descriptor Block (CDB) size.
+    The possible sizes are 6, 10, and 12 bytes.
+*/
+#define MAX_CDB_LEN 12
+
+/**
+    \brief A Command Descriptor Block (CDB) used in sending MMC 
+    commands.
+ */
+typedef struct mmc_cdb_s {
+  uint8_t field[MAX_CDB_LEN];
+} mmc_cdb_t;
+  
+  /**
+      \brief Format of header block in data returned from an MMC
+    GET_CONFIGURATION command.
+  */
+  typedef struct mmc_feature_list_header_s {
+    unsigned char length_msb;
+    unsigned char length_1sb;
+    unsigned char length_2sb;
+    unsigned char length_lsb;
+    unsigned char reserved1;
+    unsigned char reserved2;
+    unsigned char profile_msb;
+    unsigned char profile_lsb;
+  } cdio_mmc_feature_list_header_t;
+
+  /**
+      An enumeration indicating whether an MMC command is sending
+      data, or getting data, or does none of both.
+  */
+  typedef enum mmc_direction_s {
+    SCSI_MMC_DATA_READ,
+    SCSI_MMC_DATA_WRITE,
+    SCSI_MMC_DATA_NONE
+  } cdio_mmc_direction_t;
+  /**
+     Indicate to applications that SCSI_MMC_DATA_NONE is available.
+     It has been added after version 0.82 and should be used with commands
+     that neither read nor write payload bytes. (At least on Linux such
+     commands did work with SCSI_MMC_DATA_READ or SCSI_MMC_DATA_WRITE, too.)
+  */
+#define SCSI_MMC_HAS_DIR_NONE 1
+  
+  typedef struct mmc_subchannel_s
+  {
+    uint8_t       reserved;
+    uint8_t       audio_status;
+    uint16_t      data_length; /**< Really ISO 9660 7.2.2 */
+    uint8_t       format;
+    uint8_t       address:      4;
+    uint8_t       control:      4;
+    uint8_t       track;
+    uint8_t       index;
+    uint8_t       abs_addr[4];
+    uint8_t       rel_addr[4];
+  } cdio_mmc_subchannel_t;
+  
+#define CDIO_MMC_SET_COMMAND(cdb, command)      \
+  cdb[0] = command
+  
+#define CDIO_MMC_SET_READ_TYPE(cdb, sector_type) \
+  cdb[1] = (sector_type << 2)
+  
+#define CDIO_MMC_GETPOS_LEN16(p, pos)           \
+  (p[pos]<<8) + p[pos+1]
+  
+#define CDIO_MMC_GET_LEN16(p)                   \
+  (p[0]<<8) + p[1]
+  
+#define CDIO_MMC_GET_LEN32(p) \
+  (p[0] << 24) + (p[1] << 16) + (p[2] << 8) + p[3];
+  
+#define CDIO_MMC_SET_LEN16(cdb, pos, len)       \
+  cdb[pos  ] = (len >>  8) & 0xff;              \
+  cdb[pos+1] = (len      ) & 0xff
+
+#define CDIO_MMC_SET_READ_LBA(cdb, lba)         \
+  cdb[2] = (lba >> 24) & 0xff; \
+  cdb[3] = (lba >> 16) & 0xff; \
+  cdb[4] = (lba >>  8) & 0xff; \
+  cdb[5] = (lba      ) & 0xff
+
+#define CDIO_MMC_SET_START_TRACK(cdb, command) \
+  cdb[6] = command
+
+#define CDIO_MMC_SET_READ_LENGTH24(cdb, len) \
+  cdb[6] = (len >> 16) & 0xff; \
+  cdb[7] = (len >>  8) & 0xff; \
+  cdb[8] = (len      ) & 0xff
+
+#define CDIO_MMC_SET_READ_LENGTH16(cdb, len) \
+  CDIO_MMC_SET_LEN16(cdb, 7, len)
+
+#define CDIO_MMC_SET_READ_LENGTH8(cdb, len) \
+  cdb[8] = (len      ) & 0xff
+
+#define CDIO_MMC_MCSB_ALL_HEADERS 0xf
+
+#define CDIO_MMC_SET_MAIN_CHANNEL_SELECTION_BITS(cdb, val) \
+  cdb[9] = val << 3;
+
+/**
+   Get the output port volumes and port selections used on AUDIO PLAY
+   commands via a MMC MODE SENSE command using the CD Audio Control
+   Page.
+   @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+   @param p_volume volume parameters retrieved
+   @return DRIVER_OP_SUCCESS if we ran the command ok.
+*/
+driver_return_code_t mmc_audio_get_volume (CdIo_t *p_cdio,  /*out*/
+                                           mmc_audio_volume_t *p_volume);
+  
+  /**
+     Read Audio Subchannel information
+     
+     @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+     @param p_subchannel place for returned subchannel information
+  */
+    driver_return_code_t
+    mmc_audio_read_subchannel (CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+                           /*out*/ cdio_subchannel_t *p_subchannel);
+  
+  /**
+     Read ISRC Subchannel information. Contributed by
+     Scot C. Bontrager (scot@indievisible.org) 
+     May 15, 2011 -
+     
+     @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+     @param track the track you to get ISRC info
+     @param p_isrc place to put ISRC info
+  */
+    driver_return_code_t
+    mmc_isrc_track_read_subchannel (CdIo_t *p_cdio,  /*in*/ const track_t track,
+                                    /*out*/ char *p_isrc);
+  
+  /**
+    Return a string containing the name of the audio state as returned from
+    the Q_SUBCHANNEL.
+  */
+  const char *mmc_audio_state2str( uint8_t i_audio_state );
+  
+  /**
+     Get the block size used in read requests, via MMC (e.g. READ_10, 
+     READ_MSF, ...)
+     @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+     @return the blocksize if > 0; error if <= 0
+  */
+  int mmc_get_blocksize ( CdIo_t *p_cdio );
+  
+  /**
+    Return the length in bytes of the Command Descriptor
+    Buffer (CDB) for a given MMC command. The length will be 
+    either 6, 10, or 12. 
+  */
+  uint8_t mmc_get_cmd_len(uint8_t mmc_cmd);
+  
+  /**
+    Get the lsn of the end of the CD
+    
+    @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+    @return the lsn. On error return CDIO_INVALID_LSN.
+  */
+  lsn_t mmc_get_disc_last_lsn( const CdIo_t *p_cdio );
+  
+  /**
+    Return the discmode as reported by the MMC Read (FULL) TOC
+    command.
+    
+    Information was obtained from Section 5.1.13 (Read TOC/PMA/ATIP)
+    pages 56-62 from the MMC draft specification, revision 10a
+    at http://www.t10.org/ftp/t10/drafts/mmc/mmc-r10a.pdf See
+    especially tables 72, 73 and 75.
+  */
+  discmode_t mmc_get_discmode( const CdIo_t *p_cdio );
+  
+  
+  typedef enum {
+    CDIO_MMC_LEVEL_WEIRD,
+    CDIO_MMC_LEVEL_1,
+    CDIO_MMC_LEVEL_2,
+    CDIO_MMC_LEVEL_3,
+    CDIO_MMC_LEVEL_NONE
+  } cdio_mmc_level_t;
+  
+  /**
+    Get the MMC level supported by the device.
+    @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+    @return MMC level supported by the device.
+  */
+  cdio_mmc_level_t mmc_get_drive_mmc_cap(CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+  
+
+  /**
+    Get the DVD type associated with cd object.
+    
+    @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+    @param s location to store DVD information.
+    @return the DVD discmode.
+  */
+  discmode_t mmc_get_dvd_struct_physical ( const CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+                                           cdio_dvd_struct_t *s);
+  
+  /**
+    Find out if media tray is open or closed.
+    @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+    @return 1 if media is open, 0 if closed. Error
+    return codes are the same as driver_return_code_t
+  */
+  int mmc_get_tray_status ( const CdIo_t *p_cdio );
+
+  /**
+    Get the CD-ROM hardware info via an MMC INQUIRY command.
+    
+    @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+    @param p_hw_info place to store hardware information retrieved
+    @return true if we were able to get hardware info, false if we had
+    an error.
+  */
+  bool mmc_get_hwinfo ( const CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+                        /* out*/ cdio_hwinfo_t *p_hw_info );
+  
+  
+  /**
+    Find out if media has changed since the last call.
+    @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+    @return 1 if media has changed since last call, 0 if not. Error
+    return codes are the same as driver_return_code_t
+  */
+  int mmc_get_media_changed(const CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+  
+  /**
+    Get the media catalog number (MCN) from the CD via MMC.
+    
+    @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+    @return the media catalog number r NULL if there is none or we
+    don't have the ability to get it.
+    
+    Note: string is malloc'd so caller has to free() the returned
+    string when done with it.
+    
+  */
+  char * mmc_get_mcn(const CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+  
+  /**
+    Report if CD-ROM has a particular kind of interface (ATAPI, SCSCI, ...)
+    Is it possible for an interface to have several? If not this 
+    routine could probably return the single mmc_feature_interface_t.
+    @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+    @param e_interface 
+    @return true if we have the interface and false if not.
+  */
+  bool_3way_t mmc_have_interface(CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+                                 cdio_mmc_feature_interface_t e_interface );
+  
+
+  /**
+      Read just the user data part of some sort of data sector (via 
+      mmc_read_cd). 
+    
+      @param p_cdio object to read from
+
+      @param p_buf place to read data into.  The caller should make
+             sure this location can store at least CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE,
+             M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE, or M2F2_SECTOR_SIZE depending on the
+             kind of sector getting read. If you don't know whether
+             you have a Mode 1/2, Form 1/ Form 2/Formless sector best
+             to reserve space for the maximum, M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE.
+
+      @param i_lsn sector to read
+      @param i_blocksize size of each block
+      @param i_blocks number of blocks to read
+
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t mmc_read_data_sectors ( CdIo_t *p_cdio, void *p_buf, 
+                                               lsn_t i_lsn, 
+                                               uint16_t i_blocksize,
+                                               uint32_t i_blocks );
+  
+  /**
+      Read sectors using SCSI-MMC GPCMD_READ_CD. 
+      Can read only up to 25 blocks.
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t mmc_read_sectors ( const CdIo_t *p_cdio, void *p_buf, 
+                                          lsn_t i_lsn,  int read_sector_type, 
+                                          uint32_t i_blocks);
+  
+  /**
+    Run a Multimedia command (MMC). 
+    
+    @param p_cdio        CD structure set by cdio_open().
+    @param i_timeout_ms  time in milliseconds we will wait for the command
+                         to complete. 
+    @param p_cdb         CDB bytes. All values that are needed should be set 
+                         on input. We'll figure out what the right CDB length 
+                         should be.
+    @param e_direction   direction the transfer is to go.
+    @param i_buf         Size of buffer
+    @param p_buf         Buffer for data, both sending and receiving.
+
+    @return 0 if command completed successfully.
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t
+  mmc_run_cmd( const CdIo_t *p_cdio, unsigned int i_timeout_ms,
+               const mmc_cdb_t *p_cdb,
+               cdio_mmc_direction_t e_direction, unsigned int i_buf, 
+               /*in/out*/ void *p_buf );
+
+  /**
+    Run a Multimedia command (MMC) specifying the CDB length.
+    The motivation here is for example ot use in is an undocumented 
+    debug command for LG drives (namely E7), whose length is being 
+    miscalculated by mmc_get_cmd_len(); it doesn't follow the usual 
+    code number to length conventions. Patch supplied by SukkoPera.
+
+    @param p_cdio        CD structure set by cdio_open().
+    @param i_timeout_ms  time in milliseconds we will wait for the command
+                         to complete. 
+    @param p_cdb         CDB bytes. All values that are needed should be set 
+                         on input. 
+    @param i_cdb         number of CDB bytes. 
+    @param e_direction   direction the transfer is to go.
+    @param i_buf         Size of buffer
+    @param p_buf         Buffer for data, both sending and receiving.
+
+    @return 0 if command completed successfully.
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t
+  mmc_run_cmd_len( const CdIo_t *p_cdio, unsigned int i_timeout_ms,
+                   const mmc_cdb_t *p_cdb, unsigned int i_cdb,
+                   cdio_mmc_direction_t e_direction, unsigned int i_buf,
+                   /*in/out*/ void *p_buf );
+
+  /**
+      Obtain the SCSI sense reply of the most-recently-performed MMC command.
+      These bytes give an indication of possible problems which occured in
+      the drive while the command was performed. With some commands they tell
+      about the current state of the drive (e.g. 00h TEST UNIT READY).
+      @param p_cdio CD structure set by cdio_open().
+
+      @param pp_sense returns the sense bytes received from the drive.
+      This is allocated memory or NULL if no sense bytes are
+      available. Dispose non-NULL pointers by free() when no longer
+      needed.  See SPC-3 4.5.3 Fixed format sense data.  SCSI error
+      codes as of SPC-3 Annex D, MMC-5 Annex F: sense[2]&15 = Key ,
+      sense[12] = ASC , sense[13] = ASCQ
+
+      @return number of valid bytes in sense, 0 in case of no sense
+              bytes available, <0 in case of internal error.
+  */
+  int mmc_last_cmd_sense ( const CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+                           cdio_mmc_request_sense_t **pp_sense);
+
+  /**
+    Set the block size for subsequest read requests, via MMC.
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t mmc_set_blocksize ( const CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+                                           uint16_t i_blocksize);
+  
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/**
+    The below variables are trickery to force the above enum symbol
+    values to be recorded in debug symbol tables. They are used to
+    allow one to refer to the enumeration value names in the typedefs
+    above in a debugger and debugger expressions
+*/
+extern cdio_mmc_feature_t           debug_cdio_mmc_feature;
+extern cdio_mmc_feature_interface_t debug_cdio_mmc_feature_interface;
+extern cdio_mmc_feature_profile_t   debug_cdio_mmc_feature_profile;
+extern cdio_mmc_get_conf_t          debug_cdio_mmc_get_conf;
+extern cdio_mmc_gpcmd_t             debug_cdio_mmc_gpcmd;
+extern cdio_mmc_read_sub_state_t    debug_cdio_mmc_read_sub_state;
+extern cdio_mmc_read_cd_type_t      debug_cdio_mmc_read_cd_type;
+extern cdio_mmc_readtoc_t           debug_cdio_mmc_readtoc;
+extern cdio_mmc_mode_page_t         debug_cdio_mmc_mode_page;
+  
+#ifndef DO_NOT_WANT_OLD_MMC_COMPATIBILITY
+#define CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_START_STOP CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_START_STOP_UNIT 
+#define CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL  \
+    CDIO_MMC_GPCMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL
+#endif /*DO_NOT_WANT_PARANOIA_COMPATIBILITY*/
+
+#endif /* __MMC_H__ */
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "ruby"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */

src/libcdio/cdio/mmc_util.h

@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
+/*
+    Copyright (C) 2010 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/**
+   \file mmc_util.h 
+   
+   \brief Multimedia Command (MMC) "helper" routines that don't depend
+   on anything other than headers.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_MMC_UTIL_H__
+#define __CDIO_MMC_UTIL_H__
+
+#include <cdio/device.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+    /**
+       Profile profile codes used in GET_CONFIGURATION - PROFILE LIST. */
+    typedef enum {
+        CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_NON_REMOVABLE = 0x0001, /**< Re-writable disc, capable
+                                                         of changing behavior */
+        CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_REMOVABLE     = 0x0002, /**< disk Re-writable; with 
+                                                         removable  media */
+        CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_MO_ERASABLE   = 0x0003, /**< Erasable Magneto-Optical
+                                                         disk with sector erase
+                                                         capability */
+        CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_MO_WRITE_ONCE = 0x0004, /**< Write Once Magneto-Optical
+                                                         write once */
+        CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_AS_MO         = 0x0005, /**< Advance Storage
+                                                         Magneto-Optical */
+        CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_CD_ROM        = 0x0008, /**< Read only Compact Disc
+                                                         capable */
+        CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_CD_R          = 0x0009, /**< Write once Compact Disc
+                                                         capable */
+        CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_CD_RW         = 0x000A, /**< CD-RW Re-writable
+                                                         Compact Disc capable */
+        
+        CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_DVD_ROM       = 0x0010, /**< Read only DVD */
+        CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_DVD_R_SEQ     = 0x0011, /**< Re-recordable DVD using
+                                                         Sequential recording */
+        CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_DVD_RAM       = 0x0012, /**< Re-writable DVD */
+        CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_DVD_RW_RO     = 0x0013, /**< Re-recordable DVD using
+                                                         Restricted Overwrite */
+        CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_DVD_RW_SEQ    = 0x0014, /**< Re-recordable DVD using
+                                                         Sequential recording */
+        CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_DVD_R_DL_SEQ  = 0x0015, /**< DVD-R/DL sequential
+                                                         recording */
+        CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_DVD_R_DL_JR   = 0x0016, /**< DVD-R/DL layer jump 
+                                                         recording */
+        CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_DVD_PRW       = 0x001A, /**< DVD+RW - DVD ReWritable */
+        CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_DVD_PR        = 0x001B, /**< DVD+R - DVD Recordable */
+        CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_DDCD_ROM      = 0x0020, /**< Read only  DDCD */
+        CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_DDCD_R        = 0x0021, /**< DDCD-R Write only DDCD */
+        CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_DDCD_RW       = 0x0022, /**< Re-Write only DDCD */
+        CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_DVD_PRW_DL    = 0x002A, /**< "DVD+RW/DL */
+        CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_DVD_PR_DL     = 0x002B, /**< DVD+R - DVD Recordable 
+                                                         double layer */
+        
+        CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_BD_ROM        = 0x0040, /**< BD-ROM */
+        CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_BD_SEQ        = 0x0041, /**< BD-R sequential 
+                                                         recording */
+        CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_BD_R_RANDOM   = 0x0042, /**< BD-R random recording */
+        CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_BD_RE         = 0x0043, /**< BD-RE */
+        
+        CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_HD_DVD_ROM    = 0x0050, /**< HD-DVD-ROM */
+        CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_HD_DVD_R      = 0x0051, /**< HD-DVD-R */
+        CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_HD_DVD_RAM    = 0x0052, /**<"HD-DVD-RAM */
+        
+        CDIO_MMC_FEATURE_PROF_NON_CONFORM   = 0xFFFF, /**< The Logical Unit does not
+                                                         conform to any Profile. */
+    } cdio_mmc_feature_profile_t;
+  
+    /**
+       @param i_feature MMC feature number
+       @return string containing the name of the given feature
+    */
+    const char *mmc_feature2str( int i_feature );
+    
+    /**
+       Get drive capabilities for a device.
+       @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+       @param p_read_cap  list of read capabilities that are set on return
+       @param p_write_cap list of write capabilities that are set on return
+       @param p_misc_cap  list of miscellaneous capabilities (that are neither
+       read nor write related) that are set on return
+    */
+    void mmc_get_drive_cap ( CdIo_t *p_cdio,
+                             /*out*/ cdio_drive_read_cap_t  *p_read_cap,
+                             /*out*/ cdio_drive_write_cap_t *p_write_cap,
+                             /*out*/ cdio_drive_misc_cap_t  *p_misc_cap);
+    
+    /**
+       Return a string containing the name of the given feature
+    */
+    const char *mmc_feature_profile2str( int i_feature_profile );
+
+    bool mmc_is_disctype_bd(cdio_mmc_feature_profile_t disctype);
+    bool mmc_is_disctype_cdrom(cdio_mmc_feature_profile_t disctype);
+    bool mmc_is_disctype_dvd(cdio_mmc_feature_profile_t disctype);
+    bool mmc_is_disctype_hd_dvd (cdio_mmc_feature_profile_t disctype);
+    bool mmc_is_disctype_overwritable (cdio_mmc_feature_profile_t disctype);
+    bool mmc_is_disctype_rewritable(cdio_mmc_feature_profile_t disctype);
+    
+    /** The default read timeout is 3 minutes. */
+#define MMC_READ_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT 3*60*1000
+    
+    /**
+       Set this to the maximum value in milliseconds that we will
+       wait on an MMC read command.  
+    */
+    extern uint32_t mmc_read_timeout_ms;
+    
+    /**
+       Maps a mmc_sense_key_t into a string name.
+    */
+    extern const char mmc_sense_key2str[16][40];
+
+    /**
+       The default timeout (non-read) is 6 seconds. 
+    */
+#define MMC_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT 6000
+
+    /**
+       Set this to the maximum value in milliseconds that we will
+       wait on an MMC command.  
+    */
+    extern uint32_t mmc_timeout_ms; 
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* __MMC_UTIL_H__ */
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */

src/libcdio/cdio/posix.h

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/*
+    $Id: posix.h,v 1.2 2008/03/25 15:59:09 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2005, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+/*!
+ * \file posix.h 
+ *
+ * \brief various POSIX definitions.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_POSIX_H__
+#define __CDIO_POSIX_H__
+
+typedef uint32_t posix_mode_t;
+typedef uint32_t posix_nlink_t;
+typedef uint32_t posix_uid_t;
+typedef uint32_t posix_gid_t;
+typedef uint16_t unicode16_t;
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_POSIX_H__ */
+
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */

src/libcdio/cdio/read.h

@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+/*
+    $Id: read.h,v 1.15 2008/03/25 15:59:09 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file read.h 
+ *
+ *  \brief The top-level header for sector (block, frame)-related
+ *  libcdio calls. 
+ */
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_READ_H__
+#define __CDIO_READ_H__
+
+#ifndef EXTERNAL_LIBCDIO_CONFIG_H
+#define EXTERNAL_LIBCDIO_CONFIG_H
+/* Need for HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H */
+#include <cdio/cdio_config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+/* Some systems need this for off_t and ssize. */
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+  /** All the different ways a block/sector can be read. */
+  typedef enum {
+    CDIO_READ_MODE_AUDIO,  /**< CD-DA, audio, Red Book */
+    CDIO_READ_MODE_M1F1,   /**< Mode 1 Form 1 */
+    CDIO_READ_MODE_M1F2,   /**< Mode 1 Form 2 */
+    CDIO_READ_MODE_M2F1,   /**< Mode 2 Form 1 */
+    CDIO_READ_MODE_M2F2    /**< Mode 2 Form 2 */
+  } cdio_read_mode_t;
+  
+  /*!
+    Reposition read offset
+    Similar to (if not the same as) libc's fseek()
+
+    @param p_cdio object which gets adjusted
+    @param offset amount to seek
+    @param whence  like corresponding parameter in libc's fseek, e.g. 
+                   SEEK_SET or SEEK_END.
+    @return (off_t) -1 on error. 
+  */
+
+  off_t cdio_lseek(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, off_t offset, int whence);
+    
+  /*!  Reads into buf the next size bytes.  Similar to (if not the
+    same as) libc's read(). This is a "cooked" read, or one handled by
+    the OS. It probably won't work on audio data. For that use
+    cdio_read_audio_sector(s).
+
+    @param p_cdio object to read from
+    @param p_buf place to read data into. The caller should make sure
+                 this location can store at least i_size bytes.
+    @param i_size number of bytes to read
+
+    @return (ssize_t) -1 on error. 
+  */
+  ssize_t cdio_read(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, void *p_buf, size_t i_size);
+    
+  /*!
+    Read an audio sector
+
+    @param p_cdio object to read from
+    @param p_buf place to read data into. The caller should make sure
+                 this location can store at least CDIO_FRAMESIZE_RAW
+		 bytes.
+    @param i_lsn sector to read
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_read_audio_sector (const CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+					       void *p_buf, lsn_t i_lsn);
+
+  /*!
+    Reads audio sectors
+
+    @param p_cdio object to read from
+    @param p_buf place to read data into. The caller should make sure
+                 this location can store at least CDIO_FRAMESIZE_RAW
+		 * i_blocks bytes.
+    @param i_lsn sector to read
+    @param i_blocks number of sectors to read
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_read_audio_sectors (const CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+						void *p_buf, lsn_t i_lsn,
+						uint32_t i_blocks);
+
+  /*!
+    Read data sectors
+
+    @param p_cdio object to read from
+    @param p_buf place to read data into.  The caller should make sure
+                 this location can store at least ISO_BLOCKSIZE, 
+		 M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE, or M2F2_SECTOR_SIZE depending
+		 on the kind of sector getting read. If you don't 
+		 know whether you have a Mode 1/2, Form 1/ Form 2/Formless
+		 sector best to reserve space for the maximum, 
+		 M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE.
+    @param i_lsn sector to read
+    @param i_blocksize size of block. Should be either CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE, 
+    M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE, or M2F2_SECTOR_SIZE. See comment above under p_buf.
+
+    @param i_blocks number of blocks to read
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_read_data_sectors ( const CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+						void *p_buf, lsn_t i_lsn,
+						uint16_t i_blocksize,
+						uint32_t i_blocks );
+  /*!
+    Reads a mode 1 sector
+
+    @param p_cdio object to read from
+    @param p_buf place to read data into.
+    @param i_lsn sector to read
+    @param b_form2 true for reading mode 1 form 2 sectors or false for 
+    mode 1 form 1 sectors.
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_read_mode1_sector (const CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+					       void *p_buf, lsn_t i_lsn, 
+					       bool b_form2);
+  /*!
+    Reads mode 1 sectors
+
+    @param p_cdio object to read from
+    @param p_buf place to read data into
+    @param i_lsn sector to read
+    @param b_form2 true for reading mode 1 form 2 sectors or false for 
+    mode 1 form 1 sectors.
+    @param i_blocks number of sectors to read
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_read_mode1_sectors (const CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+						void *p_buf, lsn_t i_lsn, 
+						bool b_form2, 
+						uint32_t i_blocks);
+  /*!
+    Reads a mode 2 sector
+
+    @param p_cdio object to read from
+    @param p_buf place to read data into. The caller should make sure
+                 this location can store at least 
+		 M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE (for form 1) or CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE (for 
+		 form 2) bytes.
+    @param i_lsn sector to read
+    @param b_form2 true for reading mode 2 form 2 sectors or false for 
+    mode 2 form 1 sectors.
+
+    @return 0 if no error, nonzero otherwise.
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_read_mode2_sector (const CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+					       void *p_buf, lsn_t i_lsn, 
+					       bool b_form2);
+  
+  /** The special case of reading a single block is a common one so we
+      provide a routine for that as a convenience.
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_read_sector(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, void *p_buf, 
+					lsn_t i_lsn, 
+					cdio_read_mode_t read_mode);
+  /*!
+    Reads mode 2 sectors
+
+    @param p_cdio object to read from
+    @param p_buf place to read data into. The caller should make sure
+                 this location can store at least 
+		 M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE (for form 1) or CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE (for 
+		 form 2) * i_blocks bytes.
+    @param i_lsn sector to read
+    @param b_form2 true for reading mode2 form 2 sectors or false for 
+           mode 2  form 1 sectors.
+    @param i_blocks number of sectors to read
+
+    @return 0 if no error, nonzero otherwise.
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_read_mode2_sectors (const CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+						void *p_buf, lsn_t i_lsn, 
+						bool b_form2, 
+						uint32_t i_blocks);
+  
+  /*!
+    Reads a number of sectors (AKA blocks).
+
+    @param p_cdio cdio object
+    @param p_buf place to read data into. The caller should make sure
+    this location is large enough. See below for size information.
+    @param read_mode the kind of "mode" to use in reading.
+    @param i_lsn sector to read
+    @param i_blocks number of sectors to read
+    @return DRIVER_OP_SUCCESS (0) if no error, other (negative) enumerations
+    are returned on error.
+
+    If read_mode is CDIO_MODE_AUDIO,
+      *p_buf should hold at least CDIO_FRAMESIZE_RAW * i_blocks bytes.
+
+    If read_mode is CDIO_MODE_DATA,
+      *p_buf should hold at least i_blocks times either ISO_BLOCKSIZE, 
+      M1RAW_SECTOR_SIZE or M2F2_SECTOR_SIZE depending on the kind of 
+      sector getting read. If you don't know whether you have a Mode 1/2, 
+    Form 1/ Form 2/Formless sector best to reserve space for the maximum
+    which is M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE.
+
+    If read_mode is CDIO_MODE_M2F1,
+    *p_buf should hold at least M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE * i_blocks bytes.
+    
+    If read_mode is CDIO_MODE_M2F2,
+    *p_buf should hold at least CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE * i_blocks bytes.
+    
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_read_sectors(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, void *p_buf, 
+					 lsn_t i_lsn, 
+					 cdio_read_mode_t read_mode,
+					 uint32_t i_blocks);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_TRACK_H__ */

src/libcdio/cdio/rock.h

@@ -0,0 +1,394 @@
+/*
+    Copyright (C) 2005, 2006 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+    See also rock.c by Eric Youngdale (1993) from GNU/Linux 
+    This is Copyright 1993 Yggdrasil Computing, Incorporated
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+/*!
+   \file rock.h 
+   \brief Things related to the Rock Ridge Interchange Protocol (RRIP)
+
+   Applications will probably not include this directly but via 
+   the iso9660.h header.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_ROCK_H__
+#define __CDIO_ROCK_H__
+
+#include <cdio/types.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+/* MSYS 1.0.10 with MinGW 3.4.2 (and perhaps others) don't have
+   S_ISSOCK() or S_ISLNK() macros, so we'll roll our own. */
+#if !defined(HAVE_S_ISSOCK) && !defined(S_ISSOCK)
+#define S_ISSOCK(st_mode) ((((st_mode)) & 0170000) == (0140000))
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(HAVE_S_ISLNK) && !defined(S_ISLNK)
+#define S_ISLNK(st_mode) ((((st_mode)) & 0170000) == (0010000))
+#endif
+
+/*! An enumeration for some of the ISO_ROCK_* \#defines below. This isn't
+  really an enumeration one would really use in a program it is to
+  be helpful in debuggers where wants just to refer to the ISO_ROCK_*
+  names and get something.
+*/
+extern enum iso_rock_enums {
+  ISO_ROCK_IRUSR  = 000400,   /**< read permission (owner) */
+  ISO_ROCK_IWUSR  = 000200,   /**< write permission (owner) */
+  ISO_ROCK_IXUSR  = 000100,   /**< execute permission (owner) */
+  ISO_ROCK_IRGRP  = 000040,   /**< read permission (group) */
+  ISO_ROCK_IWGRP  = 000020,   /**< write permission (group) */
+  ISO_ROCK_IXGRP  = 000010,   /**< execute permission (group) */
+  ISO_ROCK_IROTH  = 000004,   /**< read permission (other) */
+  ISO_ROCK_IWOTH  = 000002,   /**< write permission (other) */
+  ISO_ROCK_IXOTH  = 000001,   /**< execute permission (other) */
+
+  ISO_ROCK_ISUID  = 004000,   /**< set user ID on execution */
+  ISO_ROCK_ISGID  = 002000,   /**< set group ID on execution */
+  ISO_ROCK_ISVTX  = 001000,   /**< save swapped text even after use */
+
+  ISO_ROCK_ISSOCK = 0140000,  /**< socket */
+  ISO_ROCK_ISLNK  = 0120000,  /**< symbolic link */
+  ISO_ROCK_ISREG  = 0100000,  /**< regular */
+  ISO_ROCK_ISBLK  = 060000,   /**< block special */
+  ISO_ROCK_ISCHR  = 020000,   /**< character special */
+  ISO_ROCK_ISDIR  = 040000,   /**< directory */
+  ISO_ROCK_ISFIFO = 010000    /**< pipe or FIFO */
+} iso_rock_enums;
+
+#define ISO_ROCK_IRUSR    000400  /** read permission (owner) */
+#define ISO_ROCK_IWUSR    000200  /** write permission (owner) */
+#define ISO_ROCK_IXUSR    000100  /** execute permission (owner) */
+#define ISO_ROCK_IRGRP    000040  /** read permission (group) */
+#define ISO_ROCK_IWGRP    000020  /** write permission (group) */
+#define ISO_ROCK_IXGRP    000010  /** execute permission (group) */
+#define ISO_ROCK_IROTH    000004  /** read permission (other) */
+#define ISO_ROCK_IWOTH    000002  /** write permission (other) */
+#define ISO_ROCK_IXOTH    000001  /** execute permission (other) */
+
+#define ISO_ROCK_ISUID    004000  /** set user ID on execution */
+#define ISO_ROCK_ISGID    002000  /** set group ID on execution */
+#define ISO_ROCK_ISVTX    001000  /** save swapped text even after use */
+
+#define ISO_ROCK_ISSOCK  0140000  /** socket */
+#define ISO_ROCK_ISLNK   0120000  /** symbolic link */
+#define ISO_ROCK_ISREG   0100000  /** regular */
+#define ISO_ROCK_ISBLK    060000  /** block special */
+#define ISO_ROCK_ISCHR    020000  /** character special */
+#define ISO_ROCK_ISDIR    040000  /** directory */
+#define ISO_ROCK_ISFIFO   010000  /** pipe or FIFO */
+
+/** Enforced file locking (shared w/set group ID) */
+#define ISO_ROCK_ENFMT ISO_ROCK_ISGID
+
+PRAGMA_BEGIN_PACKED
+
+/*! The next two structs are used by the system-use-sharing protocol
+   (SUSP), in which the Rock Ridge extensions are embedded.  It is
+   quite possible that other extensions are present on the disk, and
+   this is fine as long as they all use SUSP. */
+
+/*! system-use-sharing protocol */
+typedef struct iso_su_sp_s{
+  unsigned char magic[2];
+  uint8_t       skip;
+} GNUC_PACKED iso_su_sp_t;
+
+/*! system-use extension record */
+typedef struct iso_su_er_s {
+  iso711_t      len_id;  /**< Identifier length. Value 10?. */
+  unsigned char len_des;
+  unsigned char len_src;
+  iso711_t      ext_ver; /**< Extension version. Value 1? */
+  char data[EMPTY_ARRAY_SIZE];
+} GNUC_PACKED iso_su_er_t;
+
+typedef struct iso_su_ce_s {
+  char extent[8];
+  char offset[8];
+  char size[8];
+} iso_su_ce_t;
+
+/*! POSIX file attributes, PX. See Rock Ridge Section 4.1.2 */
+typedef struct iso_rock_px_s {
+  iso733_t st_mode;       /*! file mode permissions; same as st_mode 
+                            of POSIX:5.6.1 */
+  iso733_t st_nlinks;     /*! number of links to file; same as st_nlinks
+                            of POSIX:5.6.1 */
+  iso733_t st_uid;        /*! user id owner of file; same as st_uid
+                            of POSIX:5.6.1 */
+  iso733_t st_gid;        /*! group id of file; same as st_gid of 
+                            of POSIX:5.6.1 */
+} GNUC_PACKED iso_rock_px_t ;
+
+/*! POSIX device number, PN. A PN is mandatory if the file type
+  recorded in the "PX" File Mode field for a Directory Record
+  indicates a character or block device (ISO_ROCK_ISCHR |
+  ISO_ROCK_ISBLK).  This entry is ignored for other (non-Direcotry)
+  file types. No more than one "PN" is recorded in the System Use Area
+  of a Directory Record.
+
+  See Rock Ridge Section 4.1.2 */
+typedef struct iso_rock_pn_s {
+  iso733_t dev_high;     /**< high-order 32 bits of the 64 bit device number.
+                            7.2.3 encoded */
+  iso733_t dev_low;      /**< low-order 32 bits of the 64 bit device number.
+                            7.2.3 encoded */
+} GNUC_PACKED iso_rock_pn_t ;
+
+/*! These are the bits and their meanings for flags in the SL structure. */
+typedef enum {
+  ISO_ROCK_SL_CONTINUE = 1,
+  ISO_ROCK_SL_CURRENT  = 2,
+  ISO_ROCK_SL_PARENT   = 4,
+  ISO_ROCK_SL_ROOT     = 8
+} iso_rock_sl_flag_t;
+
+#define	ISO_ROCK_SL_CONTINUE 1
+#define	ISO_ROCK_SL_CURRENT  2
+#define	ISO_ROCK_SL_PARENT   4
+#define	ISO_ROCK_SL_ROOT     8
+
+typedef struct iso_rock_sl_part_s {
+  uint8_t flags;
+  uint8_t len;
+  char text[EMPTY_ARRAY_SIZE];
+} GNUC_PACKED iso_rock_sl_part_t ;
+
+/*! Symbolic link. See Rock Ridge Section 4.1.3 */
+typedef struct iso_rock_sl_s {
+  unsigned char flags;
+  iso_rock_sl_part_t link;
+} GNUC_PACKED iso_rock_sl_t ;
+
+/*! Alternate name. See Rock Ridge Section 4.1.4 */
+
+/*! These are the bits and their meanings for flags in the NM structure. */
+typedef enum {
+  ISO_ROCK_NM_CONTINUE = 1,
+  ISO_ROCK_NM_CURRENT  = 2,
+  ISO_ROCK_NM_PARENT   = 4,
+} iso_rock_nm_flag_t;
+
+#define	ISO_ROCK_NM_CONTINUE 1
+#define	ISO_ROCK_NM_CURRENT  2
+#define	ISO_ROCK_NM_PARENT   4
+
+
+typedef struct iso_rock_nm_s {
+  unsigned char flags;
+  char name[EMPTY_ARRAY_SIZE];
+} GNUC_PACKED iso_rock_nm_t ;
+
+/*! Child link. See Section 4.1.5.1 */
+typedef struct iso_rock_cl_s {
+  char location[1];
+} GNUC_PACKED iso_rock_cl_t ;
+
+/*! Parent link. See Section 4.1.5.2 */
+typedef struct iso_rock_pl_s {
+  char location[1];
+} GNUC_PACKED iso_rock_pl_t ;
+
+/*! These are the bits and their meanings for flags in the TF structure. */
+typedef enum {
+  ISO_ROCK_TF_CREATE     =  1,
+  ISO_ROCK_TF_MODIFY     =  2,
+  ISO_ROCK_TF_ACCESS     =  4,
+  ISO_ROCK_TF_ATTRIBUTES =  8,
+  ISO_ROCK_TF_BACKUP     =  16,
+  ISO_ROCK_TF_EXPIRATION =  32,
+  ISO_ROCK_TF_EFFECTIVE  =  64,
+  ISO_ROCK_TF_LONG_FORM  = 128
+} iso_rock_tf_flag_t;
+
+/* These are the bits and their meanings for flags in the TF structure. */
+#define ISO_ROCK_TF_CREATE      1
+#define ISO_ROCK_TF_MODIFY      2
+#define ISO_ROCK_TF_ACCESS      4
+#define ISO_ROCK_TF_ATTRIBUTES  8
+#define ISO_ROCK_TF_BACKUP     16
+#define ISO_ROCK_TF_EXPIRATION 32
+#define ISO_ROCK_TF_EFFECTIVE  64
+#define ISO_ROCK_TF_LONG_FORM 128
+
+/*! Time stamp(s) for a file. See Rock Ridge Section 4.1.6 */
+typedef struct iso_rock_tf_s {
+  uint8_t flags; /**< See ISO_ROCK_TF_* bits above. */
+  uint8_t time_bytes[EMPTY_ARRAY_SIZE]; /**< A homogenious array of
+                                           iso9660_ltime_t or
+                                           iso9660_dtime_t entries
+                                           depending on flags &
+                                           ISO_ROCK_TF_LONG_FORM. Lacking
+                                           a better method, we store
+                                           this as an array of bytes
+                                           and a cast to the
+                                           appropriate type will have
+                                           to be made before
+                                           extraction.  */
+} GNUC_PACKED iso_rock_tf_t ;
+
+/*! File data in sparse format. See Rock Ridge Section 4.1.7 */
+typedef struct iso_rock_sf_s {
+  iso733_t virtual_size_high; /**< high-order 32 bits of virtual size */
+  iso733_t virtual_size_low;  /**< low-order 32 bits of virtual size */
+  uint8_t   table_depth;
+} GNUC_PACKED iso_rock_sf_t ;
+
+typedef struct iso_extension_record_s {
+  char signature[2];   /**< signature word; either 'SP', 'CE', 'ER', 'RR',
+                          'PX', 'PN', 'SL', 'NM', 'CL', 'PL', 'TF', or 
+                          'ZF' */
+  iso711_t len;        /**< length of system-user area - 44 for PX
+                          20 for PN, 5+strlen(text) for SL, 21 for 
+                          SF, etc. */
+  iso711_t version;    /**< version number - value 1 */
+  union {
+    iso_su_sp_t    SP;  /**< system-use-sharing protocol - not
+                          strictly part of Rock Ridge */
+    iso_su_er_t    ER;  /**< system-use extension packet - not
+                           strictly part of Rock Ridge */
+    iso_su_ce_t    CE;  /**< system-use -  strictly part of Rock Ridge */
+    iso_rock_px_t  PX;  /**< Rock Ridge POSIX file attributes */
+    iso_rock_pn_t  PN;  /**< Rock Ridge POSIX device number */
+    iso_rock_sl_t  SL;  /**< Rock Ridge symbolic link */
+    iso_rock_nm_t  NM;  /**< Rock Ridge alternate name */
+    iso_rock_cl_t  CL;  /**< Rock Ridge child link */
+    iso_rock_pl_t  PL;  /**< Rock Ridge parent link */
+    iso_rock_tf_t  TF;  /**< Rock Ridge timestamp(s) for a file */
+  } u;
+} GNUC_PACKED iso_extension_record_t;
+
+typedef struct iso_rock_time_s {
+  bool          b_used;     /**< If true, field has been set and  is valid. 
+                               Otherwise remaning fields are meaningless. */
+  bool          b_longdate;  /**< If true date format is a iso9660_ltime_t. 
+                               Otherwise date is iso9660_dtime_t */
+  union 
+  {
+    iso9660_ltime_t ltime;
+    iso9660_dtime_t dtime;
+  } t;
+} GNUC_PACKED iso_rock_time_t;
+
+typedef struct iso_rock_statbuf_s {
+  bool_3way_t   b3_rock;              /**< has Rock Ridge extension. 
+                                         If "yep", then the fields
+                                         are used.
+                                      */
+  posix_mode_t  st_mode;              /**< protection */
+  posix_nlink_t st_nlinks;            /**< number of hard links */
+  posix_uid_t   st_uid;               /**< user ID of owner */
+  posix_gid_t   st_gid;               /**< group ID of owner */
+  uint8_t       s_rock_offset;
+  int           i_symlink;            /**< size of psz_symlink */
+  int           i_symlink_max;        /**< max allocated to psz_symlink */
+  char         *psz_symlink;          /**< if symbolic link, name
+                                         of pointed to file.  */
+  iso_rock_time_t create;             /**< create time See ISO 9660:9.5.4. */
+  iso_rock_time_t modify;             /**< time of last modification
+                                         ISO 9660:9.5.5. st_mtime field of 
+                                         POSIX:5.6.1. */
+  iso_rock_time_t access;             /**< time of last file access st_atime 
+                                         field of POSIX:5.6.1. */
+  iso_rock_time_t attributes;         /**< time of last attribute change.
+                                         st_ctime field of POSIX:5.6.1. */
+  iso_rock_time_t backup;             /**< time of last backup. */
+  iso_rock_time_t expiration;         /**< time of expiration; See ISO 
+                                         9660:9.5.6. */
+  iso_rock_time_t effective;          /**< Effective time; See ISO 9660:9.5.7.
+                                       */
+  uint32_t i_rdev;                    /**< the upper 16-bits is major device 
+                                         number, the lower 16-bits is the
+                                         minor device number */
+
+} iso_rock_statbuf_t;
+  
+PRAGMA_END_PACKED
+
+/*! return length of name field; 0: not found, -1: to be ignored */
+int get_rock_ridge_filename(iso9660_dir_t * de, /*out*/ char * retname, 
+                            /*out*/ iso9660_stat_t *p_stat);
+
+  int parse_rock_ridge_stat(iso9660_dir_t *de, /*out*/ iso9660_stat_t *p_stat);
+
+  /*!
+    Returns POSIX mode bitstring for a given file.
+  */
+  mode_t 
+  iso9660_get_posix_filemode_from_rock(const iso_rock_statbuf_t *rr);
+
+/*!
+  Returns a string which interpreting the POSIX mode st_mode. 
+  For example:
+  \verbatim
+  drwxrws---
+  -rw---Sr--
+  lrwxrwxrwx
+  \endverbatim
+  
+  A description of the characters in the string follows
+  The 1st character is either "d" if the entry is a directory, "l" is
+  a symbolic link or "-" if neither.
+  
+  The 2nd to 4th characters refer to permissions for a user while the
+  the 5th to 7th characters refer to permissions for a group while, and 
+  the 8th to 10h characters refer to permissions for everyone. 
+  
+  In each of these triplets the first character (2, 5, 8) is "r" if
+  the entry is allowed to be read.
+
+  The second character of a triplet (3, 6, 9) is "w" if the entry is
+  allowed to be written.
+
+  The third character of a triplet (4, 7, 10) is "x" if the entry is
+  executable but not user (for character 4) or group (for characters
+  6) settable and "s" if the item has the corresponding user/group set.
+
+  For a directory having an executable property on ("x" or "s") means
+  the directory is allowed to be listed or "searched". If the execute
+  property is not allowed for a group or user but the corresponding
+  group/user is set "S" indicates this. If none of these properties
+  holds the "-" indicates this.
+*/
+const char *iso9660_get_rock_attr_str(posix_mode_t st_mode);
+
+/** These variables are not used, but are defined to facilatate debugging
+    by letting us use enumerations values (which also correspond to 
+    \#define's inside a debugged program.
+ */
+extern iso_rock_nm_flag_t iso_rock_nm_flag;
+extern iso_rock_sl_flag_t iso_rock_sl_flag;
+extern iso_rock_tf_flag_t iso_rock_tf_flag;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* __ISO_ROCK_H__ */
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */

src/libcdio/cdio/sector.h

@@ -0,0 +1,286 @@
+/*
+    $Id: sector.h,v 1.38 2008/03/25 15:59:09 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+    Copyright (C) 2000 Herbert Valerio Riedel <hvr@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+/*!
+   \file sector.h 
+   \brief Things related to CD-ROM layout: tracks, sector sizes, MSFs, LBAs.
+
+  A CD-ROM physical sector size is 2048, 2052, 2056, 2324, 2332, 2336,
+  2340, or 2352 bytes long.
+
+  Sector types of the standard CD-ROM data formats:
+
+\verbatim 
+  format   sector type               user data size (bytes)
+  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+    1     (Red Book)    CD-DA          2352    (CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW)
+    2     (Yellow Book) Mode1 Form1    2048    (CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE)
+    3     (Yellow Book) Mode1 Form2    2336    (M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE)
+    4     (Green Book)  Mode2 Form1    2048    (CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE)
+    5     (Green Book)  Mode2 Form2    2328    (2324+4 spare bytes)
+ 
+ 
+        The layout of the standard CD-ROM data formats:
+  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+  - audio (red):                  | audio_sample_bytes |
+                                  |        2352        |
+ 
+  - data (yellow, mode1):         | sync - head - data - EDC - zero - ECC |
+                                  |  12  -   4  - 2048 -  4  -   8  - 276 |
+ 
+  - data (yellow, mode2):         | sync - head - data |
+                                 |  12  -   4  - 2336 |
+ 
+  - XA data (green, mode2 form1): | sync - head - sub - data - EDC - ECC |
+                                  |  12  -   4  -  8  - 2048 -  4  - 276 |
+ 
+  - XA data (green, mode2 form2): | sync - head - sub - data - Spare |
+                                  |  12  -   4  -  8  - 2324 -  4    |
+\endverbatim
+ 
+
+*/
+
+#ifndef _CDIO_SECTOR_H_
+#define _CDIO_SECTOR_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+    extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include <cdio/types.h>
+
+      /*! Information that can be obtained through a Read Subchannel
+        command.
+      */
+#define CDIO_SUBCHANNEL_SUBQ_DATA		0
+#define CDIO_SUBCHANNEL_CURRENT_POSITION	1
+#define CDIO_SUBCHANNEL_MEDIA_CATALOG	        2
+#define CDIO_SUBCHANNEL_TRACK_ISRC		3
+      
+      /*! track flags
+       * Q Sub-channel Control Field (4.2.3.3)
+       */
+      typedef enum {
+	NONE = 			0x00,	/* no flags set */
+	PRE_EMPHASIS =		0x01,	/* audio track recorded with pre-emphasis */
+	COPY_PERMITTED =	0x02,	/* digital copy permitted */
+	DATA =			0x04,	/* data track */
+	FOUR_CHANNEL_AUDIO =	0x08,	/* 4 audio channels */
+	SCMS =			0x10	/* SCMS (5.29.2.7) */
+      } flag_t;
+      
+#define CDIO_PREGAP_SECTORS  150
+#define CDIO_POSTGAP_SECTORS 150
+      
+      /*! An enumeration for some of the CDIO_CD \#defines below. This isn't
+        really an enumeration one would really use in a program it is to
+        be helpful in debuggers where wants just to refer to the CDIO_CD_
+        names and get something.
+      */
+      extern enum cdio_cd_enums {
+        CDIO_CD_MINS =              74,   /**< max. minutes per CD, not really
+                                             a limit */
+        CDIO_CD_SECS_PER_MIN =      60,   /**< seconds per minute */
+        CDIO_CD_FRAMES_PER_SEC =    75,   /**< frames per second */
+        CDIO_CD_SYNC_SIZE =         12,   /**< 12 sync bytes per raw data 
+                                             frame */
+        CDIO_CD_CHUNK_SIZE =        24,   /**< lowest-level "data bytes 
+                                             piece" */
+        CDIO_CD_NUM_OF_CHUNKS =     98,   /**< chunks per frame */
+        CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE_SUB =     96,   /**< subchannel data "frame" size */
+        CDIO_CD_HEADER_SIZE =        4,   /**< header (address) bytes per raw
+                                             frame */
+        CDIO_CD_SUBHEADER_SIZE =     8,   /**< subheader bytes per raw XA data 
+                                             frame */
+        CDIO_CD_ECC_SIZE =         276,   /**< bytes ECC per most raw data 
+                                             frame types */
+        CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE =       2048,   /**< bytes per frame, "cooked" 
+                                             mode */
+        CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW =   2352,   /**< bytes per frame, "raw" mode */
+        CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE_RAWER = 2646,   /**< The maximum possible 
+                                             returned  */
+        CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW1  = 2340,
+        CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW0  = 2336,
+        CDIO_CD_MAX_SESSIONS =      99, 
+        CDIO_CD_MIN_SESSION_NO =     1,   /**<, Smallest CD session number */
+        CDIO_CD_MAX_LSN =       450150,   /**< Largest LSN in a CD */
+        CDIO_CD_MIN_LSN      = -450150,   /**< Smallest LSN in a CD */
+      } cdio_cd_enums;
+        
+      /*!
+        Some generally useful CD-ROM information -- mostly based on the above.
+        This is from linux.h - not to slight other OS's. This was the first
+        place I came across such useful stuff.
+      */
+#define CDIO_CD_MINS              74   /**< max. minutes per CD, not really
+                                          a limit */
+#define CDIO_CD_SECS_PER_MIN      60   /**< seconds per minute */
+#define CDIO_CD_FRAMES_PER_SEC    75   /**< frames per second */
+#define CDIO_CD_SYNC_SIZE         12   /**< 12 sync bytes per raw data frame */
+#define CDIO_CD_CHUNK_SIZE        24   /**< lowest-level "data bytes piece" */
+#define CDIO_CD_NUM_OF_CHUNKS     98   /**< chunks per frame */
+#define CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE_SUB     96   /**< subchannel data "frame" size */
+#define CDIO_CD_HEADER_SIZE        4   /**< header (address) bytes per raw
+                                          data frame */
+#define CDIO_CD_SUBHEADER_SIZE     8   /**< subheader bytes per raw XA data 
+                                            frame */
+#define CDIO_CD_EDC_SIZE           4   /**< bytes EDC per most raw data
+                                          frame types */
+#define CDIO_CD_M1F1_ZERO_SIZE     8   /**< bytes zero per yellow book mode
+                                          1 frame */
+#define CDIO_CD_ECC_SIZE         276   /**< bytes ECC per most raw data frame 
+                                          types */
+#define CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE       2048   /**< bytes per frame, "cooked" mode */
+#define CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW   2352   /**< bytes per frame, "raw" mode */
+#define CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE_RAWER 2646   /**< The maximum possible returned 
+                                          bytes */ 
+#define CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW1 (CDIO_CD_CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW-CDIO_CD_SYNC_SIZE) /*2340*/
+#define CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW0 (CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW-CDIO_CD_SYNC_SIZE-CDIO_CD_HEADER_SIZE) /*2336*/
+      
+      /*! "before data" part of raw XA (green, mode2) frame */
+#define CDIO_CD_XA_HEADER (CDIO_CD_HEADER_SIZE+CDIO_CD_SUBHEADER_SIZE) 
+      
+      /*! "after data" part of raw XA (green, mode2 form1) frame */
+#define CDIO_CD_XA_TAIL   (CDIO_CD_EDC_SIZE+CDIO_CD_ECC_SIZE) 
+      
+      /*! "before data" sync bytes + header of XA (green, mode2) frame */
+#define CDIO_CD_XA_SYNC_HEADER   (CDIO_CD_SYNC_SIZE+CDIO_CD_XA_HEADER) 
+      
+      /*! String of bytes used to identify the beginning of a Mode 1 or
+          Mode 2 sector. */
+      extern const uint8_t CDIO_SECTOR_SYNC_HEADER[CDIO_CD_SYNC_SIZE];
+      /**<  
+        {0, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0};
+      */
+      
+      /*! An enumeration for some of the M2*_SECTOR_SIZE \#defines
+        below. This isn't really an enumeration one would really use in a
+        program it is to be helpful in debuggers where wants just to refer
+        to the M2*_SECTOR_SIZE names and get something.
+      */
+      extern enum m2_sector_enums {
+        M2F2_SECTOR_SIZE  = 2324,
+        M2SUB_SECTOR_SIZE = 2332,
+        M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE = 2336
+      } m2_sector_enums;
+      
+#define M2F2_SECTOR_SIZE    2324
+#define M2SUB_SECTOR_SIZE   2332
+#define M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE   2336
+      
+      /*! Largest CD session number */
+#define CDIO_CD_MAX_SESSIONS    99 
+      /*! Smallest CD session number */
+#define CDIO_CD_MIN_SESSION_NO   1
+      
+      /*! Largest LSN in a CD */
+#define CDIO_CD_MAX_LSN   450150
+      /*! Smallest LSN in a CD */
+#define CDIO_CD_MIN_LSN  -450150
+      
+      
+#define CDIO_CD_FRAMES_PER_MIN                          \
+      (CDIO_CD_FRAMES_PER_SEC*CDIO_CD_SECS_PER_MIN)
+      
+#define CDIO_CD_74MIN_SECTORS (UINT32_C(74)*CDIO_CD_FRAMES_PER_MIN)
+#define CDIO_CD_80MIN_SECTORS (UINT32_C(80)*CDIO_CD_FRAMES_PER_MIN)
+#define CDIO_CD_90MIN_SECTORS (UINT32_C(90)*CDIO_CD_FRAMES_PER_MIN)
+      
+#define CDIO_CD_MAX_SECTORS                                     \
+      (UINT32_C(100)*CDIO_CD_FRAMES_PER_MIN-CDIO_PREGAP_SECTORS)
+      
+#define msf_t_SIZEOF 3
+      
+      /*! 
+        Convert an LBA into a string representation of the MSF.
+        \warning cdio_lba_to_msf_str returns new allocated string */
+      char *cdio_lba_to_msf_str (lba_t i_lba);
+      
+      /*! 
+        Convert an MSF into a string representation of the MSF.
+        \warning cdio_msf_to_msf_str returns new allocated string */
+      char *cdio_msf_to_str (const msf_t *p_msf);
+      
+      /*! 
+        Convert an LBA into the corresponding LSN.
+      */
+      lba_t cdio_lba_to_lsn (lba_t i_lba);
+      
+      /*! 
+        Convert an LBA into the corresponding MSF.
+      */
+      void  cdio_lba_to_msf(lba_t i_lba, msf_t *p_msf);
+      
+      /*! 
+        Convert an LSN into the corresponding LBA.
+        CDIO_INVALID_LBA is returned if there is an error.
+      */
+      lba_t cdio_lsn_to_lba (lsn_t i_lsn);
+      
+      /*! 
+        Convert an LSN into the corresponding MSF.
+      */
+      void  cdio_lsn_to_msf (lsn_t i_lsn, msf_t *p_msf);
+      
+      /*! 
+        Convert a MSF into the corresponding LBA.
+        CDIO_INVALID_LBA is returned if there is an error.
+      */
+      lba_t cdio_msf_to_lba (const msf_t *p_msf);
+      
+      /*! 
+        Convert a MSF into the corresponding LSN.
+        CDIO_INVALID_LSN is returned if there is an error.
+      */
+      lsn_t cdio_msf_to_lsn (const msf_t *p_msf);
+      
+      /*!  
+        Convert a MSF - broken out as 3 integer components into the
+        corresponding LBA.  
+        CDIO_INVALID_LBA is returned if there is an error.
+      */
+      lba_t cdio_msf3_to_lba (unsigned int minutes, unsigned int seconds, 
+                              unsigned int frames);
+      
+      /*! 
+        Convert a string of the form MM:SS:FF into the corresponding LBA.
+        CDIO_INVALID_LBA is returned if there is an error.
+      */
+      lba_t cdio_mmssff_to_lba (const char *psz_mmssff);
+      
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+    }
+#endif
+
+#ifndef DO_NOT_WANT_PARANOIA_COMPATIBILITY
+/** For compatibility with good ol' paranoia */
+#define CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW        CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE_RAW
+#endif /*DO_NOT_WANT_PARANOIA_COMPATIBILITY*/
+
+#endif /* _CDIO_SECTOR_H_ */
+
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */

src/libcdio/cdio/track.h

@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
+/*
+    $Id: track.h,v 1.14 2008/03/25 15:59:09 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file track.h 
+ *  \brief  The top-level header for track-related libcdio calls.
+ */
+#ifndef __CDIO_TRACK_H__
+#define __CDIO_TRACK_H__
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+  /*! Printable tags for track_format_t enumeration.  */
+  extern const char *track_format2str[6];
+  
+  typedef enum  {
+    TRACK_FORMAT_AUDIO,   /**< Audio track, e.g. CD-DA */
+    TRACK_FORMAT_CDI,     /**< CD-i. How this is different from DATA below? */
+    TRACK_FORMAT_XA,      /**< Mode2 of some sort */
+    TRACK_FORMAT_DATA,    /**< Mode1 of some sort */
+    TRACK_FORMAT_PSX,     /**< Playstation CD. Like audio but only 2336 bytes
+			   *   of user data.
+			   */
+    TRACK_FORMAT_ERROR    /**< Dunno what is, or some other error. */
+  } track_format_t;
+
+  typedef enum {
+    CDIO_TRACK_FLAG_FALSE, 
+    CDIO_TRACK_FLAG_TRUE, 
+    CDIO_TRACK_FLAG_ERROR, 
+    CDIO_TRACK_FLAG_UNKNOWN
+  } track_flag_t;
+
+  /*! \brief Structure containing attributes associated with a track */
+  typedef struct {
+    track_flag_t preemphasis; /**< Linear preemphasis on an audio track */
+    track_flag_t copy_permit; /**< Whether copying is permitted */
+    int channels;             /**< Number of audio channels, 2, 4. -2 if not
+				   implemented or -1 for error.
+			      */
+  } track_flags_t;
+    
+  /*! The leadout track is always 0xAA, regardless of # of tracks on
+    disc, or what value may be used internally. For example although
+    OS X uses a different value for the lead-out track internally than
+    given below, programmers should use CDIO_CDROM_LEADOUT_TRACK and
+    not worry about this.
+  */
+
+  /*! An enumeration for some of the CDIO_CDROM_* \#defines below. This
+    isn't really an enumeration one would really use in a program; it
+    is to be helpful in debuggers where wants just to refer to the
+    CDIO_CDROM_* names and get something.
+  */
+  extern enum cdio_track_enums {
+    CDIO_CDROM_LBA           = 0x01, /**< "logical block": first frame is #0 */
+    CDIO_CDROM_MSF           = 0x02, /**< "minute-second-frame": binary, not
+					BCD here! */
+    CDIO_CDROM_DATA_TRACK    = 0x04, 
+    CDIO_CDROM_CDI_TRACK     = 0x10,
+    CDIO_CDROM_XA_TRACK      = 0x20,
+    CDIO_CD_MAX_TRACKS       =   99, /**< Largest CD track number */
+    CDIO_CDROM_LEADOUT_TRACK = 0xAA, /**< Lead-out track number */
+    CDIO_INVALID_TRACK       = 0xFF, /**<  Constant for invalid track number */
+
+   } cdio_track_enums;
+  
+#define CDIO_CD_MIN_TRACK_NO  1 /**< Smallest CD track number */
+  
+  /*! track modes (Table 350) 
+    reference: MMC-3 draft revsion - 10g
+  */
+  typedef enum {
+    AUDIO,			/**< 2352 byte block length */
+    MODE1,			/**< 2048 byte block length */
+    MODE1_RAW,			/**< 2352 byte block length */
+    MODE2,			/**< 2336 byte block length */
+    MODE2_FORM1,		/**< 2048 byte block length */
+    MODE2_FORM2,		/**< 2324 byte block length */
+    MODE2_FORM_MIX,		/**< 2336 byte block length */
+    MODE2_RAW			/**< 2352 byte block length */
+  } trackmode_t;
+  
+  /*!
+    Get the number of the first track. 
+
+    @return the track number or CDIO_INVALID_TRACK 
+    on error.
+  */
+  track_t cdio_get_first_track_num(const CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+  
+  /*!
+    Return the last track number.
+    CDIO_INVALID_TRACK is returned on error.
+  */
+  track_t cdio_get_last_track_num (const CdIo_t *p_cdio);
+  
+
+  /*! Find the track which contains lsn.
+    CDIO_INVALID_TRACK is returned if the lsn outside of the CD or
+    if there was some error. 
+    
+    If the lsn is before the pregap of the first track 0 is returned.
+    Otherwise we return the track that spans the lsn.
+  */
+  track_t cdio_get_track(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, lsn_t lsn);
+
+  /*! Return number of channels in track: 2 or 4; -2 if not
+      implemented or -1 for error.
+      Not meaningful if track is not an audio track.
+  */
+  int cdio_get_track_channels(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, track_t i_track);
+  
+  /*! Return copy protection status on a track. Is this meaningful
+      if not an audio track?
+   */
+  track_flag_t cdio_get_track_copy_permit(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, 
+					  track_t i_track);
+  
+  /*!  
+    Get the format (audio, mode2, mode1) of track. 
+  */
+  track_format_t cdio_get_track_format(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, track_t i_track);
+  
+  /*!
+    Return true if we have XA data (green, mode2 form1) or
+    XA data (green, mode2 form2). That is track begins:
+    sync - header - subheader
+    12     4      -  8
+    
+    FIXME: there's gotta be a better design for this and get_track_format?
+  */
+  bool cdio_get_track_green(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, track_t i_track);
+    
+  /*!  
+    Return the ending LSN for track number
+    i_track in cdio.  CDIO_INVALID_LSN is returned on error.
+  */
+  lsn_t cdio_get_track_last_lsn(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, track_t i_track);
+
+  /*!  
+    Get the starting LBA for track number
+    i_track in p_cdio.  Track numbers usually start at something 
+    greater than 0, usually 1.
+
+    The "leadout" track is specified either by
+    using i_track CDIO_CDROM_LEADOUT_TRACK or the total tracks+1.
+
+    @param p_cdio object to get information from
+    @param i_track  the track number we want the LSN for
+    @return the starting LBA or CDIO_INVALID_LBA on error.
+  */
+  lba_t cdio_get_track_lba(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, track_t i_track);
+  
+  /*!  
+    Return the starting LSN for track number
+    i_track in p_cdio.  Track numbers usually start at something 
+    greater than 0, usually 1.
+
+    The "leadout" track is specified either by
+    using i_track CDIO_CDROM_LEADOUT_TRACK or the total tracks+1.
+
+    @param p_cdio object to get information from
+    @param i_track  the track number we want the LSN for
+    @return the starting LSN or CDIO_INVALID_LSN on error.
+  */
+  lsn_t cdio_get_track_lsn(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, track_t i_track);
+
+  /*!  
+    Return the starting LBA for the pregap for track number
+    i_track in p_cdio.  Track numbers usually start at something 
+    greater than 0, usually 1.
+
+    @param p_cdio object to get information from
+    @param i_track  the track number we want the LBA for
+    @return the starting LBA or CDIO_INVALID_LBA on error.
+  */
+  lba_t cdio_get_track_pregap_lba(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, track_t i_track);
+
+  /*!  
+    Return the starting LSN for the pregap for track number
+    i_track in p_cdio.  Track numbers usually start at something 
+    greater than 0, usually 1.
+
+    @param p_cdio object to get information from
+    @param i_track  the track number we want the LSN for
+    @return the starting LSN or CDIO_INVALID_LSN on error.
+  */
+  lsn_t cdio_get_track_pregap_lsn(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, track_t i_track);
+
+  /*!
+    Get the International Standard Recording Code (ISRC) for track number
+    i_track in p_cdio.  Track numbers usually start at something
+    greater than 0, usually 1.
+
+    @return the International Standard Recording Code (ISRC) or NULL
+    if there is none or we don't have the ability to get it.
+
+    Note: string is malloc'd so caller has to free() the returned
+    string when done with it.
+
+  */
+  char * cdio_get_track_isrc (const CdIo_t *p_cdio, track_t i_track);
+  
+  /*!  
+    Return the starting MSF (minutes/secs/frames) for track number
+    i_track in p_cdio.  Track numbers usually start at something 
+    greater than 0, usually 1.
+
+    The "leadout" track is specified either by
+    using i_track CDIO_CDROM_LEADOUT_TRACK or the total tracks+1.
+    
+    @return true if things worked or false if there is no track entry.
+  */
+  bool cdio_get_track_msf(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, track_t i_track, 
+			  /*out*/ msf_t *msf);
+  
+  /*! Get linear preemphasis status on an audio track 
+      This is not meaningful if not an audio track?
+   */
+  track_flag_t cdio_get_track_preemphasis(const CdIo_t *p_cdio,
+					  track_t i_track);
+  
+  /*!  
+    Get the number of sectors between this track an the next.  This
+    includes any pregap sectors before the start of the next track.
+    Track numbers usually start at something 
+    greater than 0, usually 1.
+
+    @return the number of sectors or 0 if there is an error.
+  */
+  unsigned int cdio_get_track_sec_count(const CdIo_t *p_cdio, track_t i_track);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_TRACK_H__ */
+

src/libcdio/cdio/types.h

@@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
+/*
+    Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008
+                  Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+    Copyright (C) 2000 Herbert Valerio Riedel <hvr@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/** \file types.h 
+ *  \brief  Common type definitions used pervasively in libcdio.
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_TYPES_H__
+#define __CDIO_TYPES_H__
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#ifndef EXTERNAL_LIBCDIO_CONFIG_H
+#define EXTERNAL_LIBCDIO_CONFIG_H
+#include <cdio/cdio_config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+
+  /* provide some C99 definitions */
+
+#if defined(HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H) 
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#endif 
+
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#include <windows.h>
+typedef unsigned short mode_t;
+#endif
+
+#if defined(HAVE_STDINT_H)
+# include <stdint.h>
+#elif defined(HAVE_INTTYPES_H)
+# include <inttypes.h>
+#elif defined(AMIGA) || defined(__linux__)
+  typedef u_int8_t uint8_t;
+  typedef u_int16_t uint16_t;
+  typedef u_int32_t uint32_t;
+  typedef u_int64_t uint64_t;
+#else
+  /* warning ISO/IEC 9899:1999 <stdint.h> was missing and even <inttypes.h> */
+  /* fixme */
+#endif /* HAVE_STDINT_H */
+  
+typedef uint8_t ubyte;
+
+  /* default HP/UX macros are broken */
+#if defined(__hpux__)
+# undef UINT16_C
+# undef UINT32_C
+# undef UINT64_C
+# undef INT64_C
+#endif
+
+  /* if it's still not defined, take a good guess... should work for
+     most 32bit and 64bit archs */
+  
+#ifndef UINT16_C
+# define UINT16_C(c) c ## U
+#endif
+  
+#ifndef UINT32_C
+# if defined (SIZEOF_INT) && SIZEOF_INT == 4
+#  define UINT32_C(c) c ## U
+# elif defined (SIZEOF_LONG) && SIZEOF_LONG == 4
+#  define UINT32_C(c) c ## UL
+# else
+#  define UINT32_C(c) c ## U
+# endif
+#endif
+  
+#ifndef UINT64_C
+# if defined (SIZEOF_LONG) && SIZEOF_LONG == 8
+#  define UINT64_C(c) c ## UL
+# elif defined (SIZEOF_INT) && SIZEOF_INT == 8
+#  define UINT64_C(c) c ## U
+# else
+#  define UINT64_C(c) c ## ULL
+# endif
+#endif
+  
+#ifndef INT64_C
+# if defined (SIZEOF_LONG) && SIZEOF_LONG == 8
+#  define INT64_C(c) c ## L
+# elif defined (SIZEOF_INT) && SIZEOF_INT == 8
+#  define INT64_C(c) c 
+# else
+#  define INT64_C(c) c ## LL
+# endif
+#endif
+  
+#ifndef __cplusplus
+# if defined(HAVE_STDBOOL_H)
+#  include <stdbool.h>
+# else
+   /* ISO/IEC 9899:1999 <stdbool.h> missing -- enabling workaround */
+  
+#   define false   0
+#   define true    1
+#   define bool uint8_t
+# endif /*HAVE_STDBOOL_H*/
+#endif /*C++*/
+  
+  /* some GCC optimizations -- gcc 2.5+ */
+  
+#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ > 4)
+#define GNUC_PRINTF( format_idx, arg_idx )              \
+  __attribute__((format (printf, format_idx, arg_idx)))
+#define GNUC_SCANF( format_idx, arg_idx )               \
+  __attribute__((format (scanf, format_idx, arg_idx)))
+#define GNUC_FORMAT( arg_idx )                  \
+  __attribute__((format_arg (arg_idx)))
+#define GNUC_NORETURN                           \
+  __attribute__((noreturn))
+#define GNUC_CONST                              \
+  __attribute__((const))
+#define GNUC_UNUSED                             \
+  __attribute__((unused))
+#define GNUC_PACKED                             \
+  __attribute__((packed))
+#else   /* !__GNUC__ */
+#define GNUC_PRINTF( format_idx, arg_idx )
+#define GNUC_SCANF( format_idx, arg_idx )
+#define GNUC_FORMAT( arg_idx )
+#define GNUC_NORETURN
+#define GNUC_CONST
+#define GNUC_UNUSED
+#define GNUC_PACKED
+#endif  /* !__GNUC__ */
+  
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+  /* for GCC we try to use GNUC_PACKED */
+# define PRAGMA_BEGIN_PACKED
+# define PRAGMA_END_PACKED
+#elif defined(HAVE_ISOC99_PRAGMA)
+  /* should work with most EDG-frontend based compilers */
+# define PRAGMA_BEGIN_PACKED _Pragma("pack(1)")
+# define PRAGMA_END_PACKED   _Pragma("pack()")
+#else /* neither gcc nor _Pragma() available... */
+  /* ...so let's be naive and hope the regression testsuite is run... */
+// TODO!
+# define PRAGMA_BEGIN_PACKED
+# define PRAGMA_END_PACKED
+#endif
+  
+  /*
+   * user directed static branch prediction gcc 2.96+
+   */
+#if __GNUC__ > 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ > 95)
+# define GNUC_LIKELY(x)   __builtin_expect((x),true)
+# define GNUC_UNLIKELY(x) __builtin_expect((x),false)
+#else 
+# define GNUC_LIKELY(x)   (x) 
+# define GNUC_UNLIKELY(x) (x)
+#endif
+  
+#ifndef NULL
+# define NULL ((void*) 0)
+#endif
+  
+  /* our own offsetof()-like macro */
+#define __cd_offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) &((TYPE *)0)->MEMBER)
+  
+  /*!
+    \brief MSF (minute/second/frame) structure 
+
+    One CD-ROMs addressing scheme especially used in audio formats
+    (Red Book) is an address by minute, sector and frame which
+    BCD-encoded in three bytes. An alternative format is an lba_t.
+
+    Note: the fields in this structure are BCD encoded. Use
+    cdio_to_bcd8() or cdio_from_bcd8() to convert an integer into or
+    out of this format. The format specifier %x (not %d) can be used
+    if you need to format or print values in this structure.
+    
+    @see lba_t
+  */
+  PRAGMA_BEGIN_PACKED
+  struct msf_s {
+    uint8_t m, s, f; /* BCD encoded! */
+  } GNUC_PACKED;
+  PRAGMA_END_PACKED
+  
+  typedef struct msf_s msf_t;
+
+#define msf_t_SIZEOF 3
+
+  /*!
+    \brief UTF-8 char definition 
+
+    Type to denote UTF-8 strings.
+  */
+
+  typedef char cdio_utf8_t;
+
+  typedef enum  {
+    nope  = 0,
+    yep   = 1,
+    dunno = 2
+  } bool_3way_t;
+  
+  /* type used for bit-fields in structs (1 <= bits <= 8) */
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+  /* this is strict ISO C99 which allows only 'unsigned int', 'signed
+     int' and '_Bool' explicitly as bit-field type */
+  typedef unsigned int bitfield_t;
+#else
+  /* other compilers might increase alignment requirements to match the
+     'unsigned int' type -- fixme: find out how unalignment accesses can
+     be pragma'ed on non-gcc compilers */
+  typedef uint8_t bitfield_t;
+#endif
+  
+  /*! The type of a Logical Block Address. We allow for an lba to be 
+    negative to be consistent with an lba, although I'm not sure this
+    this is possible.
+      
+   */
+  typedef int32_t lba_t;
+  
+  /*! The type of a Logical Sector Number. Note that an lba can be negative
+    and the MMC3 specs allow for a conversion of a negative lba.
+
+    @see msf_t
+  */
+  typedef int32_t lsn_t;
+  
+  /* Address in either MSF or logical format */
+  union cdio_cdrom_addr		
+  {
+    msf_t	msf;
+    lba_t	lba;
+  };
+
+  /*! The type of a track number 0..99. */
+  typedef uint8_t track_t;
+  
+  /*! The type of a session number 0..99. */
+  typedef uint8_t session_t;
+  
+  /*! 
+    Constant for invalid session number
+  */
+#define CDIO_INVALID_SESSION   0xFF
+  
+  /*! 
+    Constant for invalid LBA. It is 151 less than the most negative
+    LBA -45150. This provide slack for the 150-frame offset in
+    LBA to LSN 150 conversions
+  */
+#define CDIO_INVALID_LBA    -45301
+  
+  /*! 
+    Constant for invalid LSN
+  */
+#define CDIO_INVALID_LSN    CDIO_INVALID_LBA
+
+  /*! 
+    Number of ASCII bytes in a media catalog number (MCN).
+    We include an extra 0 byte so these can be used as C strings.
+  */
+#define CDIO_MCN_SIZE       13
+
+  /*! 
+    Type to hold ASCII bytes in a media catalog number (MCN).
+    We include an extra 0 byte so these can be used as C strings.
+  */
+  typedef char cdio_mcn_t[CDIO_MCN_SIZE+1];
+  
+
+  /*! 
+    Number of ASCII bytes in International Standard Recording Codes (ISRC)
+  */
+#define CDIO_ISRC_SIZE       12
+
+  /*! 
+    Type to hold ASCII bytes in a ISRC.
+    We include an extra 0 byte so these can be used as C strings.
+  */
+  typedef char cdio_isrc_t[CDIO_ISRC_SIZE+1];
+
+  typedef int cdio_fs_anal_t;
+
+  /*! 
+    track flags
+    Q Sub-channel Control Field (4.2.3.3)
+  */
+  typedef enum {
+    CDIO_TRACK_FLAG_NONE = 		 0x00,	/**< no flags set */
+    CDIO_TRACK_FLAG_PRE_EMPHASIS =	 0x01,	/**< audio track recorded with
+                                                   pre-emphasis */
+    CDIO_TRACK_FLAG_COPY_PERMITTED =	 0x02,	/**< digital copy permitted */
+    CDIO_TRACK_FLAG_DATA =		 0x04,	/**< data track */
+    CDIO_TRACK_FLAG_FOUR_CHANNEL_AUDIO = 0x08,  /**< 4 audio channels */
+  CDIO_TRACK_FLAG_SCMS =		 0x10	/**< SCMS (5.29.2.7) */
+} cdio_track_flag;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_TYPES_H__ */
+
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */

src/libcdio/cdio/utf8.h

@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+/*
+    $Id: utf8.h,v 1.2 2008/03/25 15:59:09 karl Exp $
+    
+    Copyright (C) 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+    Copyright (C) 2006 Burkhard Plaum <plaum@ipf.uni-stuttgart.de>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+/* UTF-8 support */
+
+
+#include <cdio/types.h>
+
+/** \brief Opaque characterset converter
+ */
+
+typedef struct cdio_charset_coverter_s cdio_charset_coverter_t;
+
+/** \brief Create a charset converter
+ *  \param src_charset Source charset
+ *  \param dst_charset Destination charset
+ *  \returns A newly allocated charset converter
+ */
+
+cdio_charset_coverter_t *
+cdio_charset_converter_create(const char * src_charset,
+                              const char * dst_charset);
+
+/** \brief Destroy a characterset converter
+ *  \param cnv A characterset converter
+ */
+
+void cdio_charset_converter_destroy(cdio_charset_coverter_t*cnv);
+
+/** \brief Convert a string from one character set to another
+ *  \param cnv A charset converter
+ *  \param src Source string
+ *  \param src_len Length of source string
+ *  \param dst Returns destination string
+ *  \param dst_len If non NULL, returns the length of the destination string
+ *  \returns true if conversion was sucessful, false else.
+ *
+ *  The destination string must be freed by the caller with free().
+ *  If you pass -1 for src_len, strlen() will be used.
+ */
+
+bool cdio_charset_convert(cdio_charset_coverter_t*cnv,
+                          char * src, int src_len,
+                          char ** dst, int * dst_len);
+
+/** \brief Convert a string from UTF-8 to another charset
+ *  \param src Source string (0 terminated)
+ *  \param dst Returns destination string
+ *  \param dst_len If non NULL, returns the length of the destination string
+ *  \param dst_charset The characterset to convert to
+ *  \returns true if conversion was sucessful, false else.
+ *
+ *  This is a convenience function, which creates a charset converter,
+ *  converts one string and destroys the charset converter.
+ */
+
+
+bool cdio_charset_from_utf8(cdio_utf8_t * src, char ** dst,
+                            int * dst_len, const char * dst_charset);
+
+/** \brief Convert a string from another charset to UTF-8 
+ *  \param src Source string
+ *  \param src_len Length of the source string
+ *  \param dst Returns destination string (0 terminated)
+ *  \param src_charset The characterset to convert from
+ *  \returns true if conversion was sucessful, false else.
+ *
+ *  This is a convenience function, which creates a charset converter,
+ *  converts one string and destroys the charset converter. If you pass -1
+ *  for src_len, strlen() will be used.
+ */
+
+
+bool cdio_charset_to_utf8(char *src, size_t src_len, cdio_utf8_t **dst,
+                          const char * src_charset);
+

src/libcdio/cdio/util.h

@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/*
+    Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008, 2010 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+    Copyright (C) 2000 Herbert Valerio Riedel <hvr@gnu.org>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_UTIL_H__
+#define __CDIO_UTIL_H__
+
+/*!
+   \file util.h 
+   \brief Miscellaneous utility functions. 
+
+   Warning: this will probably get removed/replaced by using glib.h
+*/
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <cdio/types.h>
+
+#undef  MAX
+#define MAX(a, b)  (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+
+#undef  MIN
+#define MIN(a, b)  (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
+
+#undef  IN
+#define IN(x, low, high) ((x) >= (low) && (x) <= (high))
+
+#undef  CLAMP
+#define CLAMP(x, low, high)  (((x) > (high)) ? (high) : (((x) < (low)) ? (low) : (x)))
+
+static inline uint32_t
+_cdio_len2blocks (uint32_t i_len, uint16_t i_blocksize)
+{
+  uint32_t i_blocks;
+
+  i_blocks = i_len / (uint32_t) i_blocksize;
+  if (i_len % i_blocksize)
+    i_blocks++;
+
+  return i_blocks;
+}
+
+/* round up to next block boundary */
+static inline unsigned 
+_cdio_ceil2block (unsigned offset, uint16_t i_blocksize)
+{
+  return _cdio_len2blocks (offset, i_blocksize) * i_blocksize;
+}
+
+static inline unsigned int
+_cdio_ofs_add (unsigned offset, unsigned length, uint16_t i_blocksize)
+{
+  if (i_blocksize - (offset % i_blocksize) < length)
+    offset = _cdio_ceil2block (offset, i_blocksize);
+
+  offset += length;
+
+  return offset;
+}
+
+static inline const char *
+_cdio_bool_str (bool b)
+{
+  return b ? "yes" : "no";
+}
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+void *
+_cdio_memdup (const void *mem, size_t count);
+
+char *
+_cdio_strdup_upper (const char str[]);
+
+void
+_cdio_strfreev(char **strv);
+
+size_t
+_cdio_strlenv(char **str_array);
+
+char **
+_cdio_strsplit(const char str[], char delim);
+
+uint8_t cdio_to_bcd8(uint8_t n);
+uint8_t cdio_from_bcd8(uint8_t p);
+
+/*!  cdio_realpath() same as POSIX.1-2001 realpath if that's
+around. If not we do poor-man's simulation of that behavior.  */
+char *cdio_realpath (const char *psz_src, char *psz_dst);
+
+#ifdef WANT_FOLLOW_SYMLINK_COMPATIBILITY
+# define cdio_follow_symlink cdio_realpath
+#endif
+  
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_UTIL_H__ */
+
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */

src/libcdio/cdio/version.h

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* $Id: version.h.in,v 1.6 2005/01/29 20:54:20 rocky Exp $ */
+/** \file version.h 
+ *
+ *  \brief A file containing the libcdio package version
+ *  number (84) and OS build name. 
+ */
+
+/*! CDIO_VERSION is a C-Preprocessor macro of a string that shows what
+    version is used.  cdio_version_string has the same value, but it is a
+    constant variable that can be accessed at run time. */
+#define CDIO_VERSION "0.84git i686-pc-mingw32"
+extern const char *cdio_version_string; /**< = CDIO_VERSION */
+
+/*! LIBCDIO_VERSION_NUM is a C-Preprocessor macro that can be used for
+    testing in the C preprocessor. libcdio_version_num has the same
+    value, but it is a constant variable that can be accessed at run
+    time.  */
+#define LIBCDIO_VERSION_NUM 84
+
+extern const unsigned int libcdio_version_num; /**< = LIBCDIO_VERSION_NUM */

src/libcdio/cdio/xa.h

@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
+/*
+    $Id: xa.h,v 1.19 2008/03/25 15:59:10 karl Exp $
+
+    Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+    Copyright (C) 2000 Herbert Valerio Riedel <hvr@gnu.org>
+
+    See also iso9660.h by Eric Youngdale (1993) and in cdrtools. These are 
+
+    Copyright 1993 Yggdrasil Computing, Incorporated
+    Copyright (c) 1999,2000 J. Schilling
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+/*!
+   \file xa.h 
+   \brief Things related to the ISO-9660 XA (Extended Attributes) format
+
+   Applications will probably not include this directly but via 
+   the iso9660.h header.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_XA_H__
+#define __CDIO_XA_H__
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+  /*! An enumeration for some of the XA_* \#defines below. This isn't
+    really an enumeration one would really use in a program it is to
+    be helpful in debuggers where wants just to refer to the XA_*
+    names and get something.
+  */
+  typedef enum {
+    ISO_XA_MARKER_OFFSET =   1024,
+    XA_PERM_RSYS =         0x0001,  /**< System Group Read */
+    XA_PERM_XSYS =         0x0004,  /**< System Group Execute */
+    
+    XA_PERM_RUSR =         0x0010,  /**< User (owner) Read */
+    XA_PERM_XUSR =         0x0040,  /**< User (owner) Execute */
+    
+    XA_PERM_RGRP =         0x0100,  /**< Group Read */
+    XA_PERM_XGRP =         0x0400,  /**< Group Execute */
+    
+    XA_PERM_ROTH =         0x1000,  /**< Other (world) Read */
+    XA_PERM_XOTH =         0x4000,  /**< Other (world) Execute */
+    
+    XA_ATTR_MODE2FORM1  =   (1 << 11),
+    XA_ATTR_MODE2FORM2  =   (1 << 12),
+    XA_ATTR_INTERLEAVED =   (1 << 13),
+    XA_ATTR_CDDA        =   (1 << 14),
+    XA_ATTR_DIRECTORY   =   (1 << 15),
+    
+    XA_PERM_ALL_READ    =   (XA_PERM_RUSR | XA_PERM_RSYS | XA_PERM_RGRP),
+    XA_PERM_ALL_EXEC    =   (XA_PERM_XUSR | XA_PERM_XSYS | XA_PERM_XGRP),
+    XA_PERM_ALL_ALL     =   (XA_PERM_ALL_READ | XA_PERM_ALL_EXEC),
+    
+    XA_FORM1_DIR  = (XA_ATTR_DIRECTORY | XA_ATTR_MODE2FORM1 | XA_PERM_ALL_ALL),
+    XA_FORM1_FILE =  (XA_ATTR_MODE2FORM1 | XA_PERM_ALL_ALL),
+    XA_FORM2_FILE =  (XA_ATTR_MODE2FORM2 | XA_PERM_ALL_ALL)
+  } xa_misc_enum_t;
+  
+extern const char ISO_XA_MARKER_STRING[sizeof("CD-XA001")-1];
+
+#define ISO_XA_MARKER_STRING    "CD-XA001"
+
+/*! \brief "Extended Architecture" according to the Philips Yellow Book.
+ 
+CD-ROM EXtended Architecture is a modification to the CD-ROM
+specification that defines two new types of sectors.  CD-ROM XA was
+developed jointly by Sony, Philips, and Microsoft, and announced in
+August 1988. Its specifications were published in an extension to the
+Yellow Book.  CD-i, Photo CD, Video CD and CD-EXTRA have all
+subsequently been based on CD-ROM XA.
+
+CD-XA defines another way of formatting sectors on a CD-ROM, including
+headers in the sectors that describe the type (audio, video, data) and
+some additional info (markers, resolution in case of a video or audio
+sector, file numbers, etc).
+
+The data written on a CD-XA is consistent with and can be in ISO-9660
+file system format and therefore be readable by ISO-9660 file system
+translators. But also a CD-I player can also read CD-XA discs even if
+its own `Green Book' file system only resembles ISO 9660 and isn't
+fully compatible. 
+
+ Note structure is big-endian.
+*/
+typedef struct iso9660_xa_s
+{
+  uint16_t group_id;      /**< 0 */
+  uint16_t user_id;       /**< 0 */
+  uint16_t attributes;    /**< XA_ATTR_ */ 
+  char     signature[2];  /**< { 'X', 'A' } */
+  uint8_t  filenum;       /**< file number, see also XA subheader */
+  uint8_t  reserved[5];   /**< zero */
+} GNUC_PACKED iso9660_xa_t;
+  
+  
+  /*!
+    Returns POSIX mode bitstring for a given file.
+  */
+  posix_mode_t iso9660_get_posix_filemode_from_xa(uint16_t i_perms);
+
+/*!
+  Returns a string interpreting the extended attribute xa_attr. 
+  For example:
+  \verbatim
+  d---1xrxrxr
+  ---2--r-r-r
+  -a--1xrxrxr
+  \endverbatim
+  
+  A description of the characters in the string follows.
+  The 1st character is either "d" if the entry is a directory, or "-" if not
+  The 2nd character is either "a" if the entry is CDDA (audio), or "-" if not
+  The 3rd character is either "i" if the entry is interleaved, or "-" if not
+  The 4th character is either "2" if the entry is mode2 form2 or "-" if not
+  The 5th character is either "1" if the entry is mode2 form1 or "-" if not
+  Note that an entry will either be in mode2 form1 or mode form2. That
+  is you will either see "2-" or "-1" in the 4th & 5th positions.
+  
+  The 6th and 7th characters refer to permissions for a user while the
+  the 8th and 9th characters refer to permissions for a group while, and 
+  the 10th and 11th characters refer to permissions for everyone. 
+  
+  In each of these pairs the first character (6, 8, 10) is "x" if the 
+  entry is executable. For a directory this means the directory is
+  allowed to be listed or "searched".
+  The second character of a pair (7, 9, 11) is "r" if the entry is allowed
+  to be read. 
+*/
+const char *
+iso9660_get_xa_attr_str (uint16_t xa_attr);
+  
+/*! 
+  Allocates and initalizes a new iso9600_xa_t variable and returns
+  it. The caller should free the returned result.
+
+  @see iso9660_xa
+*/
+iso9660_xa_t *
+iso9660_xa_init (iso9660_xa_t *_xa, uint16_t uid, uint16_t gid, uint16_t attr, 
+		 uint8_t filenum);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+
+/** The below variables are trickery to force the above enum symbol
+    values to be recorded in debug symbol tables. They are used to
+    allow one to refer to the enumeration value names in the typedefs
+    above in a debugger and debugger expressions.
+*/
+extern xa_misc_enum_t debugger_xa_misc_enum;
+
+  
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_XA_H__ */
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */

src/libcdio/driver/_cdio_stdio.h

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+/*
+  $Id: _cdio_stdio.h,v 1.3 2008/04/22 15:29:11 karl Exp $
+
+  Copyright (C) 2003, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+  Copyright (C) 2000 Herbert Valerio Riedel <hvr@gnu.org>
+
+  This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_STDIO_H__
+#define __CDIO_STDIO_H__
+
+#include "_cdio_stream.h"
+
+/*!
+  Initialize a new stdio stream reading from pathname.
+  A pointer to the stream is returned or NULL if there was an error.
+
+  cdio_stream_free should be called on the returned value when you
+  don't need the stream any more. No other finalization is needed.
+ */
+CdioDataSource_t * cdio_stdio_new(const char psz_path[]);
+
+/*!
+  Deallocate resources assocaited with obj. After this obj is unusable.
+*/
+void cdio_stdio_destroy(CdioDataSource_t *p_obj);
+
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_STREAM_STDIO_H__ */
+
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */

src/libcdio/driver/_cdio_stream.h

@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/*
+  $Id: _cdio_stream.h,v 1.5 2008/04/22 15:29:11 karl Exp $
+
+  Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+  Copyright (C) 2000 Herbert Valerio Riedel <hvr@gnu.org>
+
+  This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_STREAM_H__
+#define __CDIO_STREAM_H__
+
+#include <cdio/types.h>
+#include "cdio_private.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+  /* typedef'ed IO functions prototypes */
+  
+  typedef int(*cdio_data_open_t)(void *user_data);
+  
+  typedef long(*cdio_data_read_t)(void *user_data, void *buf, long count);
+  
+  typedef driver_return_code_t(*cdio_data_seek_t)(void *user_data, long offset,
+                                                  int whence);
+  
+  typedef long(*cdio_data_stat_t)(void *user_data);
+  
+  typedef int(*cdio_data_close_t)(void *user_data);
+  
+  typedef void(*cdio_data_free_t)(void *user_data);
+  
+  
+  /* abstract data source */
+  
+  typedef struct {
+    cdio_data_open_t open;
+    cdio_data_seek_t seek; 
+    cdio_data_stat_t stat; 
+    cdio_data_read_t read;
+    cdio_data_close_t close;
+    cdio_data_free_t free;
+  } cdio_stream_io_functions;
+  
+  /**
+     Like 3 fgetpos.
+     
+     This function gets the current file position indicator for the stream
+     pointed to by stream.  
+     
+     @return unpon successful completion, return value is positive, else,
+     the global variable errno is set to indicate the error.
+  */
+  ssize_t cdio_stream_getpos(CdioDataSource_t* p_obj, 
+                             /*out*/ ssize_t *i_offset);
+  
+  CdioDataSource_t *
+  cdio_stream_new(void *user_data, const cdio_stream_io_functions *funcs);
+
+  /**
+     Like fread(3) and in fact may be the same.
+
+     DESCRIPTION:
+     The function fread reads nmemb elements of data, each size bytes long,
+     from the stream pointed to by stream, storing them at the location
+     given by ptr.
+
+     RETURN VALUE:
+     return the number of items successfully read or written (i.e.,
+     not the number of characters).  If an error occurs, or the
+     end-of-file is reached, the return value is a short item count
+     (or zero).
+
+     We do not distinguish between end-of-file and error, and callers
+     must use feof(3) and ferror(3) to determine which occurred.
+  */
+  ssize_t cdio_stream_read(CdioDataSource_t* p_obj, void *ptr, long i_size, 
+                           long nmemb);
+  
+  /** 
+    Like fseek(3) and in fact may be the same.
+
+    This  function sets the file position indicator for the stream
+    pointed to by stream.  The new position, measured in bytes, is obtained
+    by  adding offset bytes to the position specified by whence.  If whence
+    is set to SEEK_SET, SEEK_CUR, or SEEK_END, the offset  is  relative  to
+    the  start of the file, the current position indicator, or end-of-file,
+    respectively.  A successful call to the fseek function clears the end-
+    of-file indicator for the stream and undoes any effects of the
+    ungetc(3) function on the same stream.
+    
+    @return upon successful completion, DRIVER_OP_SUCCESS, else,
+    DRIVER_OP_ERROR is returned and the global variable errno is set to
+    indicate the error.
+   */
+  ssize_t cdio_stream_seek(CdioDataSource_t *p_obj, ssize_t i_offset, 
+                           int whence);
+  
+  /**
+    Return whatever size of stream reports, I guess unit size is bytes. 
+    On error return -1;
+  */
+  ssize_t cdio_stream_stat(CdioDataSource_t *p_obj);
+  
+  /**
+    Deallocate resources associated with p_obj. After this p_obj is unusable.
+  */
+  void cdio_stream_destroy(CdioDataSource_t *p_obj);
+  
+  void cdio_stream_close(CdioDataSource_t *p_obj);
+  
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_STREAM_H__ */
+
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */

src/libcdio/driver/cdio_assert.h

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/*
+  Copyright (C) 2008, 2011 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+  Copyright (C) 2000 Herbert Valerio Riedel <hvr@gnu.org>
+
+  This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_ASSERT_H__
+#define __CDIO_ASSERT_H__
+
+#if defined(__GNUC__)
+
+#if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H) && !defined(__CDIO_CONFIG_H__)
+# include "config.h"
+# define __CDIO_CONFIG_H__ 1
+#endif
+
+#include <cdio/types.h>
+#include <cdio/logging.h>
+
+#define cdio_assert(expr) \
+ { \
+   if (GNUC_UNLIKELY (!(expr))) cdio_log (CDIO_LOG_ASSERT, \
+     "file %s: line %d (%s): assertion failed: (%s)", \
+     __FILE__, __LINE__, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__, #expr); \
+ }
+
+#define cdio_assert_not_reached() \
+ { \
+   cdio_log (CDIO_LOG_ASSERT, \
+     "file %s: line %d (%s): should not be reached", \
+     __FILE__, __LINE__, __PRETTY_FUNCTION__); \
+ }
+
+#else /* non GNU C */
+
+#include <assert.h>
+
+#define cdio_assert(expr) \
+ assert(expr)
+
+#define cdio_assert_not_reached() \
+ assert(0)
+
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_ASSERT_H__ */

src/libcdio/driver/cdio_private.h

@@ -0,0 +1,562 @@
+/*
+  Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008, 2009, 2011
+  Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+  This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* Internal routines for CD I/O drivers. */
+
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_PRIVATE_H__
+#define __CDIO_PRIVATE_H__
+
+#if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H) && !defined(LIBCDIO_CONFIG_H)
+# include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <cdio/cdio.h>
+#include <cdio/audio.h>
+#include <cdio/cdtext.h>
+#include "mmc/mmc_private.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+  extern const char * cdio_dirname(const char *fname);
+  extern const char *cdio_abspath(const char *cwd, const char *fname);
+
+  /* Opaque type */
+  typedef struct _CdioDataSource CdioDataSource_t;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#include "generic.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+
+  typedef struct {
+    
+    /*!
+      Get volume of an audio CD.
+      
+      @param p_env the CD object to be acted upon.
+      
+    */
+    driver_return_code_t (*audio_get_volume) 
+	 (void *p_env,  /*out*/ cdio_audio_volume_t *p_volume);
+
+    /*!
+      Pause playing CD through analog output
+      
+      @param p_env the CD object to be acted upon.
+    */
+    driver_return_code_t (*audio_pause) (void *p_env);
+    
+    /*!
+      Playing CD through analog output
+      
+      @param p_env the CD object to be acted upon.
+    */
+    driver_return_code_t (*audio_play_msf) ( void *p_env, 
+					     msf_t *p_start_msf,
+					     msf_t *p_end_msf );
+
+    /*!
+      Playing CD through analog output
+      
+      @param p_env the CD object to be acted upon.
+    */
+    driver_return_code_t (*audio_play_track_index) 
+	 ( void *p_env, cdio_track_index_t *p_track_index );
+
+    /*!
+      Get subchannel information.
+      
+      @param p_env the CD object to be acted upon.
+    */
+    driver_return_code_t (*audio_read_subchannel) 
+	 ( void *p_env, cdio_subchannel_t *subchannel );
+
+    /*!
+      Resume playing an audio CD.
+      
+      @param p_env the CD object to be acted upon.
+      
+    */
+    driver_return_code_t (*audio_resume) ( void *p_env );
+    
+    /*!
+      Set volume of an audio CD.
+      
+      @param p_env the CD object to be acted upon.
+      
+    */
+    driver_return_code_t (*audio_set_volume) 
+	 ( void *p_env,  cdio_audio_volume_t *p_volume );
+
+    /*!
+      Stop playing an audio CD.
+      
+      @param p_env the CD object to be acted upon.
+      
+    */
+    driver_return_code_t (*audio_stop) ( void *p_env );
+    
+    /*!
+      Eject media in CD drive. If successful, as a side effect we 
+      also free p_env. 
+
+      @param p_env the CD object to be acted upon.
+      If the CD is ejected *p_env is freed and p_env set to NULL.
+    */
+    driver_return_code_t (*eject_media) ( void *p_env );
+    
+    /*!
+      Release and free resources associated with cd. 
+    */
+    void (*free) (void *p_env);
+    
+    /*!
+      Return the value associated with the key "arg".
+    */
+    const char * (*get_arg) (void *p_env, const char key[]);
+    
+    /*!
+      Get the block size for subsequest read requests, via a SCSI MMC 
+      MODE_SENSE 6 command.
+    */
+    int (*get_blocksize) ( void *p_env );
+    
+    /*! 
+      Get cdtext information for a CdIo object.
+    
+      @param obj the CD object that may contain CD-TEXT information.
+      @return the CD-TEXT object or NULL if obj is NULL
+      or CD-TEXT information does not exist.
+    */
+    cdtext_t * (*get_cdtext) ( void *p_env );
+
+    /*!
+      Get raw cdtext information as on the disc for a CdIo object
+
+      @param obj the CD object that may contain CD-TEXT information.
+      @return pointer to the raw CD-TEXT data or NULL if obj is NULL
+      or no CD-TEXT information present on the disc.
+
+      free when done and not NULL.
+    */
+    uint8_t * (*get_cdtext_raw) ( void *p_env );
+    
+    /*!
+      Return an array of device names. if CdIo is NULL (we haven't
+      initialized a specific device driver), then find a suitable device 
+      driver.
+      
+      NULL is returned if we couldn't return a list of devices.
+    */
+    char ** (*get_devices) ( void );
+    
+    /*!
+      Get the default CD device.
+
+      @return a string containing the default CD device or NULL is
+      if we couldn't get a default device.
+
+      In some situations of drivers or OS's we can't find a CD device if
+      there is no media in it and it is possible for this routine to return
+      NULL even though there may be a hardware CD-ROM.
+    */
+    char * (*get_default_device) ( void );
+    
+    /*!
+      Return the size of the CD in logical block address (LBA) units.
+      @return the lsn. On error 0 or CDIO_INVALD_LSN.
+    */
+    lsn_t (*get_disc_last_lsn) ( void *p_env );
+
+    /*! 
+      Get disc mode associated with cd_obj.
+    */
+    discmode_t (*get_discmode) ( void *p_env );
+
+    /*!
+      Return the what kind of device we've got.
+      
+      See cd_types.h for a list of bitmasks for the drive type;
+    */
+    void (*get_drive_cap) (const void *p_env,
+			   cdio_drive_read_cap_t  *p_read_cap,
+			   cdio_drive_write_cap_t *p_write_cap,
+			   cdio_drive_misc_cap_t  *p_misc_cap);
+    /*!
+      Return the number of of the first track. 
+      CDIO_INVALID_TRACK is returned on error.
+    */
+    track_t (*get_first_track_num) ( void *p_env );
+    
+    /*! 
+      Get the CD-ROM hardware info via a SCSI MMC INQUIRY command.
+      False is returned if we had an error getting the information.
+    */
+    bool (*get_hwinfo) 
+	 ( const CdIo_t *p_cdio, /* out*/ cdio_hwinfo_t *p_hw_info );
+
+    /*! Get the LSN of the first track of the last session of
+      on the CD.
+	   
+       @param p_cdio the CD object to be acted upon.
+       @param i_last_session pointer to the session number to be returned.
+    */
+    driver_return_code_t (*get_last_session)
+	 ( void *p_env, /*out*/ lsn_t *i_last_session );
+
+    /*! 
+      Find out if media has changed since the last call.
+      @param p_env the CD object to be acted upon.
+      @return 1 if media has changed since last call, 0 if not. Error
+      return codes are the same as driver_return_code_t
+    */
+    int (*get_media_changed) ( const void *p_env );
+
+    /*!  
+      Return the media catalog number MCN from the CD or NULL if
+      there is none or we don't have the ability to get it.
+    */
+    char * (*get_mcn) ( const void *p_env );
+
+    /*! 
+      Return the number of tracks in the current medium.
+      CDIO_INVALID_TRACK is returned on error.
+    */
+    track_t (*get_num_tracks) ( void *p_env );
+    
+    /*! Return number of channels in track: 2 or 4; -2 if not
+      implemented or -1 for error.
+      Not meaningful if track is not an audio track.
+    */
+    int (*get_track_channels) ( const void *p_env, track_t i_track );
+  
+    /*! Return 0 if track is copy protected, 1 if not, or -1 for error
+      or -2 if not implimented (yet). Is this meaningful if not an
+      audio track?
+    */
+    track_flag_t (*get_track_copy_permit) ( void *p_env, track_t i_track );
+  
+    /*!  
+      Return the starting LBA for track number
+      i_track in p_env.  Tracks numbers start at 1.
+      The "leadout" track is specified either by
+      using track_num LEADOUT_TRACK or the total tracks+1.
+      CDIO_INVALID_LBA is returned on error.
+    */
+    lba_t (*get_track_lba) ( void *p_env, track_t i_track );
+
+    /*!  
+      Return the starting LBA for the pregap for track number
+      i_track in p_env.  Tracks numbers start at 1.
+      CDIO_INVALID_LBA is returned on error.
+    */
+    lba_t (*get_track_pregap_lba) ( const void *p_env, track_t i_track );
+
+    /*!
+      Return the International Standard Recording Code (ISRC) for track number
+      i_track in p_cdio.  Track numbers start at 1.
+
+      Note: string is malloc'd so caller has to free() the returned
+      string when done with it.
+    */
+    char * (*get_track_isrc) ( const void *p_env, track_t i_track );
+    
+    /*!  
+      Get format of track. 
+    */
+    track_format_t (*get_track_format) ( void *p_env, track_t i_track );
+    
+    /*!
+      Return true if we have XA data (green, mode2 form1) or
+      XA data (green, mode2 form2). That is track begins:
+      sync - header - subheader
+      12     4      -  8
+      
+      FIXME: there's gotta be a better design for this and get_track_format?
+    */
+    bool (*get_track_green) ( void *p_env, track_t i_track );
+    
+    /*!  
+      Return the starting MSF (minutes/secs/frames) for track number
+      i_track in p_env.  Tracks numbers start at 1.
+      The "leadout" track is specified either by
+      using i_track LEADOUT_TRACK or the total tracks+1.
+      False is returned on error.
+    */
+    bool (*get_track_msf) ( void *p_env, track_t i_track, msf_t *p_msf );
+    
+    /*! Return 1 if track has pre-emphasis, 0 if not, or -1 for error
+      or -2 if not implimented (yet). Is this meaningful if not an
+      audio track?
+    */
+    track_flag_t (*get_track_preemphasis) 
+	 ( const void  *p_env, track_t i_track );
+  
+    /*!
+      lseek - reposition read/write file offset
+      Returns (off_t) -1 on error. 
+      Similar to libc's lseek()
+    */
+    off_t (*lseek) ( void *p_env, off_t offset, int whence );
+    
+    /*!
+      Reads into buf the next size bytes.
+      Returns -1 on error. 
+      Similar to libc's read()
+    */
+    ssize_t (*read) ( void *p_env, void *p_buf, size_t i_size );
+    
+    /*!
+      Reads a single mode2 sector from cd device into buf starting
+      from lsn. Returns 0 if no error. 
+    */
+    int (*read_audio_sectors) ( void *p_env, void *p_buf, lsn_t i_lsn,
+				unsigned int i_blocks );
+    
+    /*!
+      Read a data sector
+      
+      @param p_env environment to read from
+
+      @param p_buf place to read data into.  The caller should make sure
+      this location can store at least CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE, 
+      M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE, or M2F2_SECTOR_SIZE depending
+      on the kind of sector getting read. If you don't 
+      know whether you have a Mode 1/2, Form 1/ Form 2/Formless
+      sector best to reserve space for the maximum, 
+      M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE.
+
+      @param i_lsn sector to read
+      @param i_blocksize size of block. Should be either CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE, 
+      M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE, or M2F2_SECTOR_SIZE. See comment above under p_buf.
+    */
+    driver_return_code_t (*read_data_sectors) 
+	 ( void *p_env, void *p_buf, lsn_t i_lsn, uint16_t i_blocksize,
+	   uint32_t i_blocks );
+    
+    /*!
+      Reads a single mode2 sector from cd device into buf starting
+      from lsn. Returns 0 if no error. 
+    */
+    int (*read_mode2_sector) 
+	 ( void *p_env, void *p_buf, lsn_t i_lsn, bool b_mode2_form2 );
+    
+    /*!
+      Reads i_blocks of mode2 sectors from cd device into data starting
+      from lsn.
+      Returns 0 if no error. 
+    */
+    int (*read_mode2_sectors) 
+	 ( void *p_env, void *p_buf, lsn_t i_lsn, bool b_mode2_form2, 
+	   unsigned int i_blocks );
+    
+    /*!
+      Reads a single mode1 sector from cd device into buf starting
+      from lsn. Returns 0 if no error. 
+    */
+    int (*read_mode1_sector) 
+	 ( void *p_env, void *p_buf, lsn_t i_lsn, bool mode1_form2 );
+    
+    /*!
+      Reads i_blocks of mode1 sectors from cd device into data starting
+      from lsn.
+      Returns 0 if no error. 
+    */
+    int (*read_mode1_sectors) 
+	 ( void *p_env, void *p_buf, lsn_t i_lsn, bool mode1_form2, 
+	   unsigned int i_blocks );
+    
+    bool (*read_toc) ( void *p_env ) ;
+
+    /*!
+      Run a SCSI MMC command. 
+      
+      cdio	        CD structure set by cdio_open().
+      i_timeout_ms      time in milliseconds we will wait for the command
+                        to complete. 
+      cdb_len           number of bytes in cdb (6, 10, or 12).
+      cdb	        CDB bytes. All values that are needed should be set on 
+                        input. 
+      b_return_data	TRUE if the command expects data to be returned in 
+                        the buffer
+      len	        Size of buffer
+      buf	        Buffer for data, both sending and receiving
+      
+      Returns 0 if command completed successfully.
+    */
+    mmc_run_cmd_fn_t run_mmc_cmd;
+
+    /*!
+      Set the arg "key" with "value" in the source device.
+    */
+    int (*set_arg) ( void *p_env, const char key[], const char value[] );
+    
+    /*!
+      Set the blocksize for subsequent reads. 
+    */
+    driver_return_code_t (*set_blocksize) ( void *p_env, 
+					    uint16_t i_blocksize );
+
+    /*!
+      Set the drive speed. 
+      
+      @return 0 if everything went okay, -1 if we had an error. is -2
+      returned if this is not implemented for the current driver.
+    */
+    int (*set_speed) ( void *p_env, int i_speed );
+
+  } cdio_funcs_t;
+
+
+  /*! Implementation of CdIo type */
+  struct _CdIo {
+    driver_id_t driver_id; /**< Particular driver opened. */
+    cdio_funcs_t op;       /**< driver-specific routines handling
+			        implementation*/
+    void *env;             /**< environment. Passed to routine above. */
+  };
+
+  /* This is used in drivers that must keep their own internal 
+     position pointer for doing seeks. Stream-based drivers (like bincue,
+     nrg, toc, network) would use this. 
+   */
+  typedef struct 
+  {
+    off_t   buff_offset;      /* buffer offset in disk-image seeks. */
+    track_t index;            /* Current track index in tocent. */
+    lba_t   lba;              /* Current LBA */
+  } internal_position_t;
+  
+  CdIo_t * cdio_new (generic_img_private_t *p_env, cdio_funcs_t *p_funcs);
+
+  /* The below structure describes a specific CD Input driver  */
+  typedef struct 
+  {
+    driver_id_t  id;
+    unsigned int flags;
+    const char  *name;
+    const char  *describe;
+    bool (*have_driver) (void); 
+    CdIo_t *(*driver_open) (const char *psz_source_name); 
+    CdIo_t *(*driver_open_am) (const char *psz_source_name, 
+			     const char *psz_access_mode); 
+    char *(*get_default_device) (void); 
+    bool (*is_device) (const char *psz_source_name);
+    char **(*get_devices) (void);
+    driver_return_code_t (*close_tray) (const char *psz_device);
+  } CdIo_driver_t;
+
+  /* The below array gives of the drivers that are currently available for 
+     on a particular host. */
+  extern CdIo_driver_t CdIo_driver[];
+
+  /* The last valid entry of Cdio_driver. -1 means uninitialzed. -2 
+     means some sort of error.
+   */
+  extern int CdIo_last_driver; 
+
+  /* The below array gives all drivers that can possibly appear.
+     on a particular host. */
+  extern CdIo_driver_t CdIo_all_drivers[];
+
+  /*! 
+    Add/allocate a drive to the end of drives. 
+    Use cdio_free_device_list() to free this device_list.
+  */
+  void cdio_add_device_list(char **device_list[], const char *psz_drive,
+			    unsigned int *i_drives);
+
+  driver_return_code_t close_tray_bsdi    (const char *psz_drive);
+  driver_return_code_t close_tray_freebsd (const char *psz_drive);
+  driver_return_code_t close_tray_linux   (const char *psz_drive);
+  driver_return_code_t close_tray_netbsd  (const char *psz_drive);
+  driver_return_code_t close_tray_os2     (const char *psz_drive);
+  driver_return_code_t close_tray_osx     (const char *psz_drive);
+  driver_return_code_t close_tray_solaris (const char *psz_drive);
+  driver_return_code_t close_tray_win32   (const char *psz_drive);
+
+  bool cdio_have_netbsd(void);
+  CdIo_t * cdio_open_netbsd (const char *psz_source);
+  char * cdio_get_default_device_netbsd(void);
+  char **cdio_get_devices_netbsd(void);
+  /*! Set up CD-ROM for reading using the NetBSD driver. The device_name is
+      the some sort of device name.
+
+     NULL is returned on error or there is no FreeBSD driver.
+
+     @see cdio_open_cd, cdio_open
+   */
+  CdIo_t * cdio_open_am_netbsd (const char *psz_source,
+				const char *psz_access_mode);
+
+  /*! DEPRICATED: use cdio_have_driver().
+    True if AIX driver is available. */
+  bool cdio_have_aix    (void);
+
+  /*! DEPRICATED: use cdio_have_driver().
+    True if BSDI driver is available. */
+  bool cdio_have_bsdi    (void);
+
+  /*! DEPRICATED: use cdio_have_driver().
+    True if FreeBSD driver is available. */
+  bool cdio_have_freebsd (void);
+
+  /*! DEPRICATED: use cdio_have_driver().
+    True if GNU/Linux driver is available. */
+  bool cdio_have_linux   (void);
+
+  /*! DEPRICATED: use cdio_have_driver().
+    True if Sun Solaris driver is available. */
+  bool cdio_have_solaris (void);
+
+  /*! DEPRICATED: use cdio_have_driver().
+    True if IBM OS2 driver is available. */
+  bool cdio_have_os2     (void);
+
+  /*! DEPRICATED: use cdio_have_driver().
+    True if Apple OSX driver is available. */
+  bool cdio_have_osx     (void);
+
+  /*! DEPRICATED: use cdio_have_driver().
+    True if Microsoft Windows driver is available. */
+  bool cdio_have_win32   (void);
+
+  /*! True if Nero driver is available. */
+  bool cdio_have_nrg     (void);
+
+  /*! True if BIN/CUE driver is available. */
+  bool cdio_have_bincue  (void);
+
+  /*! True if cdrdao CDRDAO driver is available. */
+  bool cdio_have_cdrdao  (void);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_PRIVATE_H__ */

src/libcdio/driver/generic.h

@@ -0,0 +1,249 @@
+/*
+  Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+  This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* Internal routines for CD I/O drivers. */
+
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_GENERIC_H__
+#define __CDIO_GENERIC_H__
+
+#if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H) && !defined(LIBCDIO_CONFIG_H)
+# include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#include <cdio/cdio.h>
+#include <cdio/cdtext.h>
+#include <cdio/iso9660.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+  /*!
+    Things common to private device structures. Even though not all
+    devices may have some of these fields, by listing common ones
+    we facilitate writing generic routines and even cut-and-paste
+    code.
+   */
+  typedef struct {
+    char *source_name;      /**< Name used in open. */
+    bool  init;             /**< True if structure has been initialized */
+    bool  toc_init;         /**< True if TOC read in */
+    bool  b_cdtext_error;   /**< True if trouble reading CD-Text */
+    
+    int   ioctls_debugged;  /**< for debugging */
+
+    /* Only one of data_source or fd is used; fd  is for CD-ROM
+       devices and the data_source for stream reading (bincue, nrg, toc,
+       network).
+     */
+    CdioDataSource_t *data_source;
+    int     fd;             /**< File descriptor of device */
+    track_t i_first_track;  /**< The starting track number. */
+    track_t i_tracks;       /**< The number of tracks. */
+
+    uint8_t i_joliet_level; /**< 0 = no Joliet extensions.
+			       1-3: Joliet level. */
+    iso9660_pvd_t pvd;      
+    iso9660_svd_t svd;      
+    CdIo_t   *cdio;         /**< a way to call general cdio routines. */
+    cdtext_t *cdtext;       /**< CD-Text for disc. */
+    track_flags_t track_flags[CDIO_CD_MAX_TRACKS+1];
+
+    /* Memorized sense reply of the most recent SCSI command.
+       Recorded by driver implementations of cdio_funcs_t.run_mmc_cmd(). 
+       Read by API function mmc_get_cmd_scsi_sense().
+    */
+    unsigned char  scsi_mmc_sense[263];   /* See SPC-3 4.5.3 : 252 bytes legal
+                                             but 263 bytes possible */
+    int            scsi_mmc_sense_valid;  /* Number of valid sense bytes */
+
+    /* Memorized eventual system specific SCSI address tuple text.
+       Empty text means that there is no such text defined for the drive.
+       NULL means that the driver does not support "scsi-tuple".
+       To be read by cdio_get_arg("scsi-tuple").
+       System specific suffixes to the key may demand and eventually
+       guarantee a further specified format.
+       E.g. "scsi-tuple-linux" guarantees either "Bus,Host,Channel,Target,Lun",
+                               or empty text, or NULL. No other forms.
+    */
+    char *scsi_tuple;
+  } generic_img_private_t;
+
+  /*!
+    Bogus eject media when there is no ejectable media, e.g. a disk image
+    We always return 2. Should we also free resources? 
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_generic_unimplemented_eject_media (void *p_env);
+
+  /*!
+    Set the blocksize for subsequent reads. 
+    
+    @return -2 since it's not implemented.
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t 
+  cdio_generic_unimplemented_set_blocksize (void *p_user_data, 
+                                            uint16_t i_blocksize);
+
+  /*!
+    Set the drive speed.
+    
+    @return -2 since it's not implemented.
+  */
+  driver_return_code_t cdio_generic_unimplemented_set_speed (void *p_user_data,
+                                                             int i_speed);
+  
+  /*!
+    Release and free resources associated with cd. 
+  */
+  void cdio_generic_free (void *p_env);
+
+  /*!
+    Initialize CD device.
+  */
+  bool cdio_generic_init (void *p_env, int open_mode);
+
+  /*!
+    Reads into buf the next size bytes.
+    Returns -1 on error. 
+    Is in fact libc's read().
+  */
+  off_t cdio_generic_lseek (void *p_env, off_t offset, int whence);
+
+  /*!
+    Reads into buf the next size bytes.
+    Returns -1 on error. 
+    Is in fact libc's read().
+  */
+  ssize_t cdio_generic_read (void *p_env, void *p_buf, size_t size);
+
+  /*!
+    Reads a single form1 sector from cd device into data starting
+    from lsn. Returns 0 if no error. 
+  */
+  int cdio_generic_read_form1_sector (void * user_data, void *data, 
+                                      lsn_t lsn);
+  
+  /*!
+    Release and free resources associated with stream or disk image.
+  */
+  void cdio_generic_stdio_free (void *env);
+
+  /*!  
+    Return true if source_name could be a device containing a CD-ROM on
+    Win32
+  */
+  bool cdio_is_device_win32(const char *source_name);
+
+  /*!
+    Return true if source_name could be a device containing a CD-ROM on
+    OS/2
+  */
+  bool cdio_is_device_os2(const char *source_name);
+
+  
+  /*!  
+    Return true if source_name could be a device containing a CD-ROM on
+    most Unix servers with block and character devices.
+  */
+  bool cdio_is_device_generic(const char *source_name);
+
+  
+  /*!  
+    Like above, but don't give a warning device doesn't exist.
+  */
+  bool cdio_is_device_quiet_generic(const char *source_name);
+
+  /*! 
+    Get cdtext information for a CdIo object .
+    
+    @param obj the CD object that may contain CD-TEXT information.
+    @return the CD-TEXT object or NULL if obj is NULL
+    or CD-TEXT information does not exist.
+  */
+  cdtext_t *get_cdtext_generic (void *p_user_data);
+
+  /*!
+    Return the number of of the first track. 
+    CDIO_INVALID_TRACK is returned on error.
+  */
+  track_t get_first_track_num_generic(void *p_user_data);
+
+  /*!
+    Return the number of tracks in the current medium.
+  */
+  track_t get_num_tracks_generic(void *p_user_data);
+  
+  /*! 
+    Get disc type associated with cd object.
+  */
+  discmode_t get_discmode_generic (void *p_user_data );
+  
+  /*! 
+    Same as above but only handles CD cases
+  */
+  discmode_t get_discmode_cd_generic (void *p_user_data );
+  
+  /*! Return number of channels in track: 2 or 4; -2 if not
+    implemented or -1 for error.
+    Not meaningful if track is not an audio track.
+  */
+  int  get_track_channels_generic(const void *p_user_data, track_t i_track);
+  
+  /*! Return 1 if copy is permitted on the track, 0 if not, or -1 for error.
+    Is this meaningful if not an audio track?
+  */
+  track_flag_t get_track_copy_permit_generic(void *p_user_data, 
+					     track_t i_track);
+  
+  /*! Return 1 if track has pre-emphasis, 0 if not, or -1 for error.
+    Is this meaningful if not an audio track?
+    
+    pre-emphasis is a non linear frequency response.
+  */
+  track_flag_t get_track_preemphasis_generic(const void *p_user_data, 
+					     track_t i_track);
+  
+  /*!
+    Read cdtext information for a CdIo object .
+  
+    return true on success, false on error or CD-Text information does
+    not exist.
+  */
+  uint8_t * read_cdtext_generic (void *p_env);
+  
+  void set_track_flags(track_flags_t *p_track_flag, uint8_t flag);
+  
+  /*! Read mode 1 or mode2 sectors (using cooked mode).  */
+  driver_return_code_t read_data_sectors_generic (void *p_user_data, 
+						  void *p_buf, lsn_t i_lsn, 
+						  uint16_t i_blocksize, 
+						  uint32_t i_blocks);
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_GENERIC_H__ */
+
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */

src/libcdio/driver/mmc/mmc_private.h

@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/* private MMC helper routines.
+  Copyright (C) 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+  This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <cdio/mmc.h>
+
+/*! Convert milliseconds to seconds taking the ceiling value, i.e.
+    1002 milliseconds gets rounded to 2 seconds.
+*/
+#define SECS2MSECS 1000
+static inline unsigned int 
+msecs2secs(unsigned int msecs) 
+{
+  return (msecs+(SECS2MSECS-1)) / SECS2MSECS;
+}
+#undef SECS2MSECS
+
+/***********************************************************
+  MMC CdIo Operations which a driver may use. 
+  These are not directly user-accessible.
+************************************************************/
+/*!
+  Read Audio Subchannel information
+  
+  @param p_user_data the CD object to be acted upon.
+  
+*/
+driver_return_code_t
+audio_read_subchannel_mmc ( void *p_user_data, 
+			    cdio_subchannel_t *p_subchannel);
+
+/*!
+  Get the block size for subsequest read requests, via a SCSI MMC 
+  MODE_SENSE 6 command.
+*/
+int get_blocksize_mmc (void *p_user_data);
+
+/*!  
+  Get the lsn of the end of the CD
+  
+  @return the lsn. On error return CDIO_INVALID_LSN.
+*/
+lsn_t get_disc_last_lsn_mmc( void *p_user_data );
+  
+void get_drive_cap_mmc (const void *p_user_data,
+			/*out*/ cdio_drive_read_cap_t  *p_read_cap,
+			/*out*/ cdio_drive_write_cap_t *p_write_cap,
+			/*out*/ cdio_drive_misc_cap_t  *p_misc_cap);
+
+int get_media_changed_mmc (const void *p_user_data);
+
+char *get_mcn_mmc (const void *p_user_data);
+
+driver_return_code_t get_tray_status (const void *p_user_data);
+
+/*! Read just the user data part of some sort of data sector (via 
+    mmc_read_cd). 
+
+    @param p_user_data object to read from
+
+    @param p_buf place to read data into.  The caller should make sure
+                 this location can store at least CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE,
+                 M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE, or M2F2_SECTOR_SIZE depending on
+                 the kind of sector getting read. If you don't know
+                 whether you have a Mode 1/2, Form 1/ Form 2/Formless
+                 sector best to reserve space for the maximum,
+                 M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE.
+
+    @param i_lsn sector to read
+    @param i_blocksize size of block. Should be either CDIO_CD_FRAMESIZE, 
+    M2RAW_SECTOR_SIZE, or M2F2_SECTOR_SIZE. See comment above under p_buf.
+
+*/
+driver_return_code_t read_data_sectors_mmc ( void *p_user_data, 
+					     void *p_buf,  lsn_t i_lsn,
+					     uint16_t i_blocksize,
+					     uint32_t i_blocks );
+char *get_mcn_mmc (const void *p_user_data);
+
+/* Set read blocksize (via MMC) */
+driver_return_code_t set_blocksize_mmc (void *p_user_data, 
+					uint16_t i_blocksize);
+
+/* Set the drive speed in CD-ROM speed units (via MMC). */
+driver_return_code_t set_drive_speed_mmc (void *p_user_data, int i_speed);
+
+/* Set CD-ROM drive speed  in K bytes per second. (via MMC) */
+driver_return_code_t set_speed_mmc (void *p_user_data, int i_Kbs_speed);
+
+/***********************************************************
+  Miscellaenous other "private" routines. Probably need
+  to better classify these.
+************************************************************/
+
+typedef driver_return_code_t (*mmc_run_cmd_fn_t) 
+     ( void *p_user_data, 
+       unsigned int i_timeout_ms,
+       unsigned int i_cdb, 
+       const mmc_cdb_t *p_cdb, 
+       cdio_mmc_direction_t e_direction, 
+       unsigned int i_buf, /*in/out*/ void *p_buf );
+			     
+int mmc_set_blocksize_mmc_private ( const void *p_env, const
+				    mmc_run_cmd_fn_t run_mmc_cmd,
+				    uint16_t i_blocksize );
+
+/*! 
+  Get the DVD type associated with cd object.
+*/
+discmode_t 
+mmc_get_dvd_struct_physical_private ( void *p_env,
+				      mmc_run_cmd_fn_t run_mmc_cmd, 
+				      cdio_dvd_struct_t *s );
+
+
+char *mmc_get_mcn_private ( void *p_env,
+			    mmc_run_cmd_fn_t run_mmc_cmd
+			    );
+
+uint8_t * mmc_read_cdtext_private ( void *p_user_data, 
+			       mmc_run_cmd_fn_t run_mmc_cmd
+			       );
+
+/*!
+  On input a MODE_SENSE command was issued and we have the results
+  in p. We interpret this and return a bit mask set according to the 
+  capabilities.
+ */
+void mmc_get_drive_cap_buf(const uint8_t *p,
+			   /*out*/ cdio_drive_read_cap_t  *p_read_cap,
+			   /*out*/ cdio_drive_write_cap_t *p_write_cap,
+			   /*out*/ cdio_drive_misc_cap_t  *p_misc_cap);
+
+driver_return_code_t
+mmc_set_blocksize_private ( void *p_env, 
+			    const mmc_run_cmd_fn_t run_mmc_cmd, 
+			    uint16_t i_blocksize);

src/libcdio/iso9660/.msvc/iso9660.vcxproj

@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<Project DefaultTargets="Build" ToolsVersion="4.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
+  <ItemGroup Label="ProjectConfigurations">
+    <ProjectConfiguration Include="Debug|Win32">
+      <Configuration>Debug</Configuration>
+      <Platform>Win32</Platform>
+    </ProjectConfiguration>
+    <ProjectConfiguration Include="Release|Win32">
+      <Configuration>Release</Configuration>
+      <Platform>Win32</Platform>
+    </ProjectConfiguration>
+    <ProjectConfiguration Include="Debug|x64">
+      <Configuration>Debug</Configuration>
+      <Platform>x64</Platform>
+    </ProjectConfiguration>
+    <ProjectConfiguration Include="Release|x64">
+      <Configuration>Release</Configuration>
+      <Platform>x64</Platform>
+    </ProjectConfiguration>
+  </ItemGroup>
+  <ItemGroup>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\iso9660_private.h" />
+  </ItemGroup>
+  <ItemGroup>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\iso9660.c" />
+  </ItemGroup>
+  <ItemGroup>
+    <ClCompile Include="..\iso9660_fs.c" />
+    <ClCompile Include="..\rock.c" />
+    <ClCompile Include="..\xa.c" />
+  </ItemGroup>
+  <PropertyGroup Label="Globals">
+    <ProjectGuid>{D4E80F35-2604-40AC-B436-97B052ECB572}</ProjectGuid>
+    <Keyword>Win32Proj</Keyword>
+    <RootNamespace>iso9660</RootNamespace>
+    <ProjectName>libcdio-iso9660</ProjectName>
+  </PropertyGroup>
+  <Import Project="$(VCTargetsPath)\Microsoft.Cpp.Default.props" />
+  <PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'" Label="Configuration">
+    <ConfigurationType>StaticLibrary</ConfigurationType>
+    <UseDebugLibraries>true</UseDebugLibraries>
+    <CharacterSet>Unicode</CharacterSet>
+  </PropertyGroup>
+  <PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'" Label="Configuration">
+    <ConfigurationType>StaticLibrary</ConfigurationType>
+    <UseDebugLibraries>false</UseDebugLibraries>
+    <WholeProgramOptimization>true</WholeProgramOptimization>
+    <CharacterSet>Unicode</CharacterSet>
+  </PropertyGroup>
+  <PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|x64'" Label="Configuration">
+    <ConfigurationType>StaticLibrary</ConfigurationType>
+    <UseDebugLibraries>true</UseDebugLibraries>
+    <CharacterSet>Unicode</CharacterSet>
+  </PropertyGroup>
+  <PropertyGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|x64'" Label="Configuration">
+    <ConfigurationType>StaticLibrary</ConfigurationType>
+    <UseDebugLibraries>false</UseDebugLibraries>
+    <WholeProgramOptimization>true</WholeProgramOptimization>
+    <CharacterSet>Unicode</CharacterSet>
+  </PropertyGroup>
+  <Import Project="$(VCTargetsPath)\Microsoft.Cpp.props" />
+  <ImportGroup Label="ExtensionSettings">
+  </ImportGroup>
+  <ImportGroup Label="PropertySheets" Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'">
+    <Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
+  </ImportGroup>
+  <ImportGroup Label="PropertySheets" Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'">
+    <Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
+  </ImportGroup>
+  <ImportGroup Label="PropertySheets" Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|x64'">
+    <Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
+  </ImportGroup>
+  <ImportGroup Label="PropertySheets" Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|x64'">
+    <Import Project="$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props" Condition="exists('$(UserRootDir)\Microsoft.Cpp.$(Platform).user.props')" Label="LocalAppDataPlatform" />
+  </ImportGroup>
+  <PropertyGroup Label="UserMacros" />
+  <PropertyGroup>
+    <_ProjectFileVersion>10.0.30319.1</_ProjectFileVersion>
+    <OutDir Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'">$(SolutionDir)x86_32\$(Configuration)\</OutDir>
+    <IntDir Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'">$(SolutionDir)x86_32\$(Configuration)\$(ProjectName)\</IntDir>
+    <OutDir Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'">$(SolutionDir)x86_32\$(Configuration)\</OutDir>
+    <IntDir Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'">$(SolutionDir)x86_32\$(Configuration)\$(ProjectName)\</IntDir>
+    <OutDir Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|x64'">$(SolutionDir)x86_64\$(Configuration)\</OutDir>
+    <IntDir Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|x64'">$(SolutionDir)x86_64\$(Configuration)\$(ProjectName)\</IntDir>
+    <OutDir Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|x64'">$(SolutionDir)x86_64\$(Configuration)\</OutDir>
+    <IntDir Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|x64'">$(SolutionDir)x86_64\$(Configuration)\$(ProjectName)\</IntDir>
+    <LinkIncremental Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'">false</LinkIncremental>
+    <LinkIncremental Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'">false</LinkIncremental>
+    <LinkIncremental Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|x64'">false</LinkIncremental>
+    <LinkIncremental Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|x64'">false</LinkIncremental>
+  </PropertyGroup>
+  <ItemDefinitionGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|Win32'">
+    <ClCompile>
+      <PrecompiledHeader>
+      </PrecompiledHeader>
+      <WarningLevel>Level3</WarningLevel>
+      <Optimization>Disabled</Optimization>
+      <PreprocessorDefinitions>_CRTDBG_MAP_ALLOC;_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS;ISOLATION_AWARE_ENABLED;_LIB;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
+      <AdditionalIncludeDirectories>..;..\..;..\..\driver;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
+      <RuntimeLibrary>MultiThreadedDebug</RuntimeLibrary>
+      <DebugInformationFormat>ProgramDatabase</DebugInformationFormat>
+    </ClCompile>
+    <Link>
+      <SubSystem>Windows</SubSystem>
+      <GenerateDebugInformation>true</GenerateDebugInformation>
+    </Link>
+    <Lib>
+      <TargetMachine>MachineX86</TargetMachine>
+    </Lib>
+  </ItemDefinitionGroup>
+  <ItemDefinitionGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|Win32'">
+    <ClCompile>
+      <WarningLevel>Level3</WarningLevel>
+      <PrecompiledHeader>
+      </PrecompiledHeader>
+      <Optimization>MaxSpeed</Optimization>
+      <IntrinsicFunctions>true</IntrinsicFunctions>
+      <PreprocessorDefinitions>_CRTDBG_MAP_ALLOC;_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS;ISOLATION_AWARE_ENABLED;_LIB;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
+      <AdditionalIncludeDirectories>..;..\..;..\..\driver;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
+      <RuntimeLibrary>MultiThreaded</RuntimeLibrary>
+      <DebugInformationFormat>ProgramDatabase</DebugInformationFormat>
+    </ClCompile>
+    <Lib>
+      <TargetMachine>MachineX86</TargetMachine>
+    </Lib>
+  </ItemDefinitionGroup>
+  <ItemDefinitionGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Debug|x64'">
+    <ClCompile>
+      <PrecompiledHeader>
+      </PrecompiledHeader>
+      <WarningLevel>Level3</WarningLevel>
+      <Optimization>Disabled</Optimization>
+      <PreprocessorDefinitions>_CRTDBG_MAP_ALLOC;_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS;ISOLATION_AWARE_ENABLED;_LIB;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
+      <AdditionalIncludeDirectories>..;..\..;..\..\driver;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
+      <RuntimeLibrary>MultiThreadedDebug</RuntimeLibrary>
+      <DebugInformationFormat>ProgramDatabase</DebugInformationFormat>
+    </ClCompile>
+    <Link>
+      <SubSystem>Windows</SubSystem>
+      <GenerateDebugInformation>true</GenerateDebugInformation>
+    </Link>
+    <Lib>
+      <TargetMachine>MachineX64</TargetMachine>
+    </Lib>
+  </ItemDefinitionGroup>
+  <ItemDefinitionGroup Condition="'$(Configuration)|$(Platform)'=='Release|x64'">
+    <ClCompile>
+      <WarningLevel>Level3</WarningLevel>
+      <PrecompiledHeader>
+      </PrecompiledHeader>
+      <Optimization>MaxSpeed</Optimization>
+      <IntrinsicFunctions>true</IntrinsicFunctions>
+      <PreprocessorDefinitions>_CRTDBG_MAP_ALLOC;_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS;ISOLATION_AWARE_ENABLED;_LIB;%(PreprocessorDefinitions)</PreprocessorDefinitions>
+      <AdditionalIncludeDirectories>..;..\..;..\..\driver;%(AdditionalIncludeDirectories)</AdditionalIncludeDirectories>
+      <RuntimeLibrary>MultiThreaded</RuntimeLibrary>
+      <DebugInformationFormat>ProgramDatabase</DebugInformationFormat>
+    </ClCompile>
+    <Link>
+      <SubSystem>Windows</SubSystem>
+      <GenerateDebugInformation>true</GenerateDebugInformation>
+      <EnableCOMDATFolding>true</EnableCOMDATFolding>
+      <OptimizeReferences>true</OptimizeReferences>
+    </Link>
+    <Lib>
+      <TargetMachine>MachineX64</TargetMachine>
+    </Lib>
+  </ItemDefinitionGroup>
+  <Import Project="$(VCTargetsPath)\Microsoft.Cpp.targets" />
+  <ImportGroup Label="ExtensionTargets">
+  </ImportGroup>
+</Project>

src/libcdio/iso9660/.msvc/iso9660.vcxproj.filters

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
+<Project ToolsVersion="4.0" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
+  <ItemGroup>
+    <Filter Include="Source Files">
+      <UniqueIdentifier>{4FC737F1-C7A5-4376-A066-2A32D752A2FF}</UniqueIdentifier>
+      <Extensions>cpp;c;cc;cxx;def;odl;idl;hpj;bat;asm;asmx</Extensions>
+    </Filter>
+    <Filter Include="Header Files">
+      <UniqueIdentifier>{93995380-89BD-4b04-88EB-625FBE52EBFB}</UniqueIdentifier>
+      <Extensions>h;hpp;hxx;hm;inl;inc;xsd</Extensions>
+    </Filter>
+  </ItemGroup>
+  <ItemGroup>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\iso9660_private.h">
+      <Filter>Header Files</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+    <ClInclude Include="..\iso9660.c">
+      <Filter>Source Files</Filter>
+    </ClInclude>
+  </ItemGroup>
+  <ItemGroup>
+    <ClCompile Include="..\iso9660_fs.c">
+      <Filter>Source Files</Filter>
+    </ClCompile>
+    <ClCompile Include="..\rock.c">
+      <Filter>Source Files</Filter>
+    </ClCompile>
+    <ClCompile Include="..\xa.c">
+      <Filter>Source Files</Filter>
+    </ClCompile>
+  </ItemGroup>
+</Project>

src/libcdio/iso9660/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+#   $Id: Makefile.am,v 1.18 2008/10/20 01:25:15 rocky Exp $
+#
+#   Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008
+#   Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+#
+#   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+#   (at your option) any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#   GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+########################################################
+# Things to make the libiso9660 library
+########################################################
+#
+# From libtool documentation amended with guidance from N. Boullis: 
+#
+#  1. Start with version information of `0:0:0' for each libtool library.
+#
+#  2. It is probably not a good idea to update the version information 
+#     several times between public releases, but rather once per public
+#     release. (This seems to be more an aesthetic consideration than
+#     a hard technical one.)
+#
+#  3. If the library source code has changed at all since the last
+#     update, then increment REVISION (`C:R:A' becomes `C:R+1:A').
+#
+#  4. If any interfaces have been added, removed, or changed since the
+#     last update, increment CURRENT, and set REVISION to 0.
+#
+#  5. If any interfaces have been added since the last public release,
+#     then increment AGE.
+#
+#  6. If any interfaces have been removed or changed since the last
+#     public release, then set AGE to 0. A changed interface means an
+#     incompatibility with previous versions.
+
+libiso9660_la_CURRENT = 8
+libiso9660_la_REVISION = 0
+libiso9660_la_AGE = 0
+
+EXTRA_DIST = libiso9660.sym
+
+noinst_HEADERS = iso9660_private.h
+
+lib_LTLIBRARIES = libiso9660.la
+
+if ENABLE_ROCK
+rock_src = rock.c
+else
+rock_src =
+endif 
+
+libiso9660_la_SOURCES = \
+	iso9660.c \
+	iso9660_private.h \
+	iso9660_fs.c \
+	$(rock_src) \
+	xa.c
+
+libiso9660_la_LIBADD = @LIBCDIO_LIBS@
+libiso9660_la_ldflags = -version-info $(libiso9660_la_CURRENT):$(libiso9660_la_REVISION):$(libiso9660_la_AGE) @LT_NO_UNDEFINED@
+libiso9660_la_dependencies = $(top_builddir)/lib/driver/libcdio.la
+
+INCLUDES = $(LIBCDIO_CFLAGS)
+
+########################################################
+# Things to version the symbols in the libraries
+########################################################
+
+# An explanation of the versioning problem from Nicolas Boullis and
+# the versioned symbol solution he uses below...
+# 
+# Currently, libvcdinfo uses the cdio_open function from libcdio.
+# Let's imagine a program foobar that uses both the vcdinfo_open
+# function from libvcdinfo and the cdio_open function from libcdio.
+
+# Currently, libcdio has SONAME libcdio.so.0, libvcdinfo has SONAME
+# libvcdinfo.so.0 and requires libcdio.so.0, and foobar requires both
+# libvcdinfo.so.0 and libcdio.so.0. Everything looks fine.
+#
+# Now, for some reason, you decide to change the cdio_open function.
+# That's your right, but you have to bump the CURRENT version and (if I
+# understand it correctly, athough this is not that clear in libtool's
+# documentation) set the AGE to 0. Anyway, this bumps the SONAME, which is
+# sane since the interface changes incompatibly.
+
+# Now, you have a new libcdio with SONAME libcdio.so.1. But libvcdinfo and
+# foobar still require libcdio.so.0. Everything is still fine.
+
+# Now, after some minor changes, the author of foobar recompiles foobar.
+# Then, foobar now requires libvcdinfo.so.0 and libcdio.so.1. And foobar
+# now segfaults...
+
+# What is happening? When you run foobar, if brings both libvcdinfo.so.0
+# and libcdio.so.1, but libvcdinfo.so.0 also brings libcdio.so.0. So you
+# have both libcdio.so.0 and libcdio.so.1 that bring their symbols to the
+# global namespace. Hence, you have to incompatible versions of the
+# cdio_open function in the name space. When foobar calls cdio_open, it
+# may choose the wrong function, and segfaults...
+
+# With versioned symbols, the cdio_open function from libcdio.so.0 may be
+# known as (something that looks like) cdio_open@@CDIO_0. An the cdio_open
+# function from libcdio.so.1 as cdio_open@@CDIO_1. Both versions of
+# libcdio would still be brought in by the most recent foobar, but foobar
+# (and libvcdinfo) know which versioned function to use and then use the
+# good one.
+
+
+# This is some simple versioning where every symbol is versioned with
+# something that looks like the SONAME of the library. More complex (and
+# better) versioning is possible; it is for example what is used by glibc.
+# But good complex versioning is something that requires much more
+# work...
+
+
+# The below is a impliments symbol versioning.  First of all, I
+# compute MAJOR as CURENT - AGE; that is what is used within libtool
+# (at least on GNU/Linux systems) for the number in the SONAME.  The
+# nm command gives the list of symbols known in each of the object
+# files that will be part of the shared library. And the sed command
+# extracts from this list those symbols that will be shared. (This sed
+# command comes from libtool.)
+
+libiso9660_la_MAJOR = $(shell expr $(libiso9660_la_CURRENT) - $(libiso9660_la_AGE))
+if BUILD_VERSIONED_LIBS
+libiso9660_la_LDFLAGS = $(libiso9660_la_ldflags) -Wl,--version-script=libiso9660.la.ver
+libiso9660_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(libcdio9660_la_dependencies) libiso9660.la.ver
+
+libiso9660.la.ver: $(libiso9660_la_OBJECTS) $(srcdir)/libiso9660.sym
+	echo 'ISO9660_$(libiso9660_la_MAJOR) {' > $@
+	objs=`for obj in $(libiso9660_la_OBJECTS); do sed -ne "s/^pic_object='\(.*\)'$$/\1/p" $$obj; done`;
+	if test -n "$$objs" ; then \
+	  nm $${objs} | sed -n -e 's/^.*[ 	][ABCDGIRSTW][ABCDGIRSTW]*[ 	][ 	]*\([_A-Za-z][_A-Za-z0-9]*\)$$/\1/p' | sort -u | { first=true; while read symbol; do if grep -q "^$${symbol}\$$" $(srcdir)/libiso9660.sym; then if test $$first = true; then echo "  global:"; first=false; fi; echo "    $${symbol};"; fi; done; } >> $@; \
+	  nm $${objs} | sed -n -e 's/^.*[ 	][ABCDGIRSTW][ABCDGIRSTW]*[ 	][ 	]*\([_A-Za-z][_A-Za-z0-9]*\)$$/\1/p' | sort -u | { first=true; while read symbol; do if grep -q "^$${symbol}\$$" $(srcdir)/libiso9660.sym; then :; else if test $$first = true; then echo "  local:"; first=false; fi; echo "    $${symbol};"; fi; done; } >> $@; \
+	fi
+	echo '};' >> $@
+
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES = libiso9660.la.ver
+else 
+libiso9660_la_LDFLAGS = $(libiso9660_la_ldflags)
+libiso9660_la_DEPENDENCIES = $(libcdio9660_la_dependencies)
+endif

src/libcdio/iso9660/iso9660_private.h

@@ -0,0 +1,83 @@
+/*
+  Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008, 2011
+  Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+  Copyright (C) 2000 Herbert Valerio Riedel <hvr@gnu.org>
+
+  See also iso9660.h by Eric Youngdale (1993).
+
+  Copyright 1993 Yggdrasil Computing, Incorporated
+  Copyright (c) 1999,2000 J. Schilling
+
+  This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_ISO9660_PRIVATE_H__
+#define __CDIO_ISO9660_PRIVATE_H__
+
+#if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H) && !defined(__CDIO_CONFIG_H__)
+# include "config.h"
+# define __CDIO_CONFIG_H__ 1
+#endif
+
+#include <cdio/types.h>
+
+#define ISO_VERSION             1
+
+PRAGMA_BEGIN_PACKED
+
+typedef struct iso_volume_descriptor_s {
+  uint8_t  type;      /**< 7.1.1 */
+  char     id[5];     /**< "CD001" (ISO_STANDARD_ID) */
+  uint8_t  version;   /**< 7.1.1 */
+  char     data[2041];
+}  GNUC_PACKED iso_volume_descriptor_t;
+
+#define iso_volume_descriptor_t_SIZEOF ISO_BLOCKSIZE
+
+#define iso9660_pvd_t_SIZEOF ISO_BLOCKSIZE
+
+/*
+ * XXX JS: The next structure has an odd length!
+ * Some compilers (e.g. on Sun3/mc68020) padd the structures to even length.
+ * For this reason, we cannot use sizeof (struct iso_path_table) or
+ * sizeof (struct iso_directory_record) to compute on disk sizes.
+ * Instead, we use offsetof(..., name) and add the name size.
+ * See mkisofs.h
+ */
+
+/** We use this to help us look up the parent inode numbers. */
+typedef struct iso_path_table_s {
+  uint8_t  name_len; /**< 7.1.1 */
+  uint8_t  xa_len;   /**< 7.1.1 */
+  uint32_t extent;   /**< 7.3.1/7.3.2 */
+  uint16_t parent;   /**< 7.2.1/7.2.2 */
+  char     name[EMPTY_ARRAY_SIZE];
+} GNUC_PACKED iso_path_table_t;
+
+#define iso_path_table_t_SIZEOF 8
+
+#define iso9660_dir_t_SIZEOF 33
+
+PRAGMA_END_PACKED
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_ISO9660_PRIVATE_H__ */
+
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */

src/libcdio/iso9660/rock.c

@@ -0,0 +1,625 @@
+/*
+  Copyright (C) 2005, 2008, 2010, 2011 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+  Adapted from GNU/Linux fs/isofs/rock.c (C) 1992, 1993 Eric Youngdale
+ 
+  This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+/* Rock Ridge Extensions to iso9660 */
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include "config.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_S_ISLNK
+# define S_ISLNK(s) ((void)s,0)
+#endif
+#ifndef HAVE_S_ISSOCK
+# define S_ISSOCK(s) ((void)s,0)
+#endif
+
+#include <cdio/iso9660.h>
+#include <cdio/logging.h>
+#include <cdio/bytesex.h>
+#include <malloc.h>
+
+#define CDIO_MKDEV(ma,mi)	((ma)<<16 | (mi))
+
+enum iso_rock_enums iso_rock_enums;
+iso_rock_nm_flag_t iso_rock_nm_flag;
+iso_rock_sl_flag_t iso_rock_sl_flag;
+iso_rock_tf_flag_t iso_rock_tf_flag;
+
+/* Our own realloc routine tailored for the iso9660_stat_t symlink
+   field.  I can't figure out how to make realloc() work without
+   valgrind complaint.
+*/
+static bool
+realloc_symlink(/*in/out*/ iso9660_stat_t *p_stat, uint8_t i_grow) 
+{
+  if (!p_stat->rr.i_symlink) {
+    const uint16_t i_max = 2*i_grow+1;
+    p_stat->rr.psz_symlink = (char *) calloc(1, i_max);
+    p_stat->rr.i_symlink_max = i_max;
+    return (NULL != p_stat->rr.psz_symlink);
+  } else {
+    int i_needed = p_stat->rr.i_symlink + i_grow ;
+    if ( i_needed <= p_stat->rr.i_symlink_max)
+      return true;
+    else {
+      char * psz_newsymlink = (char *) calloc(1, 2*i_needed);
+      if (!psz_newsymlink) return false;
+      p_stat->rr.i_symlink_max = 2*i_needed;
+      memcpy(psz_newsymlink, p_stat->rr.psz_symlink, p_stat->rr.i_symlink);
+      free(p_stat->rr.psz_symlink);
+      p_stat->rr.psz_symlink = psz_newsymlink;
+      return true;
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/* These functions are designed to read the system areas of a directory record
+ * and extract relevant information.  There are different functions provided
+ * depending upon what information we need at the time.  One function fills
+ * out an inode structure, a second one extracts a filename, a third one
+ * returns a symbolic link name, and a fourth one returns the extent number
+ * for the file. */
+
+#define SIG(A,B) ((A) | ((B) << 8)) /* isonum_721() */
+
+
+/* This is a way of ensuring that we have something in the system
+   use fields that is compatible with Rock Ridge */
+#define CHECK_SP(FAIL)	       			\
+      if(rr->u.SP.magic[0] != 0xbe) FAIL;	\
+      if(rr->u.SP.magic[1] != 0xef) FAIL;       \
+      p_stat->rr.s_rock_offset = rr->u.SP.skip;
+/* We define a series of macros because each function must do exactly the
+   same thing in certain places.  We use the macros to ensure that everything
+   is done correctly */
+
+#define CONTINUE_DECLS \
+  int cont_extent = 0, cont_offset = 0, cont_size = 0;   \
+  void *buffer = NULL
+
+#define CHECK_CE				 \
+  { cont_extent = from_733(*rr->u.CE.extent);	 \
+    cont_offset = from_733(*rr->u.CE.offset);	 \
+    cont_size = from_733(*rr->u.CE.size); }
+
+#define SETUP_ROCK_RIDGE(DE,CHR,LEN)	      		      	\
+  {								\
+    LEN= sizeof(iso9660_dir_t) + DE->filename_len;		\
+    if(LEN & 1) LEN++;						\
+    CHR = ((unsigned char *) DE) + LEN;				\
+    LEN = *((unsigned char *) DE) - LEN;			\
+    if (0xff != p_stat->rr.s_rock_offset)			\
+      {								\
+	LEN -= p_stat->rr.s_rock_offset;		       	\
+	CHR += p_stat->rr.s_rock_offset;		       	\
+	if (LEN<0) LEN=0;					\
+      }								\
+  }
+
+/* Copy a long or short time from the iso_rock_tf_t into
+   the specified field of a iso_rock_statbuf_t.
+   non-paramater variables are p_stat, rr, and cnt.
+*/
+#define add_time(FLAG, TIME_FIELD)				  \
+  if (rr->u.TF.flags & FLAG) {					  \
+    p_stat->rr.TIME_FIELD.b_used = true;			  \
+    p_stat->rr.TIME_FIELD.b_longdate =				  \
+      (0 != (rr->u.TF.flags & ISO_ROCK_TF_LONG_FORM));		  \
+    if (p_stat->rr.TIME_FIELD.b_longdate) {			  \
+      memcpy(&(p_stat->rr.TIME_FIELD.t.ltime),			  \
+	     &(rr->u.TF.time_bytes[cnt]),			  \
+	     sizeof(iso9660_ltime_t)); 				  \
+      cnt += sizeof(iso9660_ltime_t);				  \
+    } else {							  \
+      memcpy(&(p_stat->rr.TIME_FIELD.t.dtime),			  \
+	     &(rr->u.TF.time_bytes[cnt]),			  \
+	     sizeof(iso9660_dtime_t)); 				  \
+      cnt += sizeof(iso9660_dtime_t);				  \
+    }								  \
+  }								  
+
+/*! 
+  Get
+  @return length of name field; 0: not found, -1: to be ignored 
+*/
+int 
+get_rock_ridge_filename(iso9660_dir_t * p_iso9660_dir, 
+			/*out*/ char * psz_name, 
+			/*in/out*/ iso9660_stat_t *p_stat)
+{
+  int len;
+  unsigned char *chr;
+  int symlink_len = 0;
+  CONTINUE_DECLS;
+  int i_namelen = 0;
+  int truncate=0;
+
+  if (!p_stat || nope == p_stat->rr.b3_rock) return 0;
+  *psz_name = 0;
+
+  SETUP_ROCK_RIDGE(p_iso9660_dir, chr, len);
+  /*repeat:*/
+  {
+    iso_extension_record_t * rr;
+    int sig;
+    int rootflag;
+    
+    while (len > 1){ /* There may be one byte for padding somewhere */
+      rr = (iso_extension_record_t *) chr;
+      if (rr->len == 0) goto out; /* Something got screwed up here */
+      sig = *chr+(*(chr+1) << 8);
+      chr += rr->len; 
+      len -= rr->len;
+
+      switch(sig){
+      case SIG('S','P'):
+	CHECK_SP(goto out);
+	break;
+      case SIG('C','E'): 
+	{
+	  iso711_t i_fname = from_711(p_iso9660_dir->filename_len);
+	  if ('\0' == p_iso9660_dir->filename[0] && 1 == i_fname)
+	    break;
+	  if ('\1' == p_iso9660_dir->filename[0] && 1 == i_fname)
+	    break;
+	}
+	CHECK_CE;
+	break;
+      case SIG('E','R'):
+	p_stat->rr.b3_rock = yep;
+	cdio_debug("ISO 9660 Extensions: ");
+	{ 
+	  int p;
+	  for(p=0;p<rr->u.ER.len_id;p++) cdio_debug("%c",rr->u.ER.data[p]);
+	}
+	break;
+      case SIG('N','M'):
+	/* Alternate name */
+	p_stat->rr.b3_rock = yep;
+	if (truncate) break;
+	if (rr->u.NM.flags & ISO_ROCK_NM_PARENT) {
+	  i_namelen = sizeof("..");
+	  strncat(psz_name, "..", i_namelen);
+	} else if (rr->u.NM.flags & ISO_ROCK_NM_CURRENT) {
+	  i_namelen = sizeof(".");
+	  strncat(psz_name, ".", i_namelen);
+	  break;
+	}
+
+	if (rr->u.NM.flags & ~1) {
+	  cdio_info("Unsupported NM flag settings (%d)",rr->u.NM.flags);
+	  break;
+	}
+	if((strlen(psz_name) + rr->len - 5) >= 254) {
+	  truncate = 1;
+	  break;
+	}
+	strncat(psz_name, rr->u.NM.name, rr->len - 5);
+	i_namelen += rr->len - 5;
+	break;
+      case SIG('P','X'):
+	/* POSIX file attributes */
+	p_stat->rr.st_mode   = from_733(rr->u.PX.st_mode);
+	p_stat->rr.st_nlinks = from_733(rr->u.PX.st_nlinks);
+	p_stat->rr.st_uid    = from_733(rr->u.PX.st_uid);
+	p_stat->rr.st_gid    = from_733(rr->u.PX.st_gid);
+	p_stat->rr.b3_rock    = yep;
+	break;
+      case SIG('S','L'):
+	{
+	  /* Symbolic link */
+	  uint8_t slen;
+	  iso_rock_sl_part_t * p_sl;
+	  iso_rock_sl_part_t * p_oldsl;
+	  slen = rr->len - 5;
+	  p_sl = &rr->u.SL.link;
+	  p_stat->rr.i_symlink = symlink_len;
+	  while (slen > 1){
+	    rootflag = 0;
+	    switch(p_sl->flags &~1){
+	    case 0:
+	      realloc_symlink(p_stat, p_sl->len);
+	      memcpy(&(p_stat->rr.psz_symlink[p_stat->rr.i_symlink]),
+		     p_sl->text, p_sl->len);
+	      p_stat->rr.i_symlink += p_sl->len;
+	      break;
+	    case 4:
+	      realloc_symlink(p_stat, 1);
+	      p_stat->rr.psz_symlink[p_stat->rr.i_symlink++] = '.';
+	      /* continue into next case. */
+	    case 2:
+	      realloc_symlink(p_stat, 1);
+	      p_stat->rr.psz_symlink[p_stat->rr.i_symlink++] = '.';
+	      break;
+	    case 8:
+	      rootflag = 1;
+	      realloc_symlink(p_stat, 1);
+	      p_stat->rr.psz_symlink[p_stat->rr.i_symlink++] = '/';
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      cdio_warn("Symlink component flag not implemented");
+	    }
+	    slen -= p_sl->len + 2;
+	    p_oldsl = p_sl;
+	    p_sl = (iso_rock_sl_part_t *) (((char *) p_sl) + p_sl->len + 2);
+	    
+	    if (slen < 2) {
+	      if (((rr->u.SL.flags & 1) != 0) && ((p_oldsl->flags & 1) == 0)) 
+		p_stat->rr.i_symlink += 1;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	    
+	    /*
+	     * If this component record isn't continued, then append a '/'.
+	     */
+	    if (!rootflag && (p_oldsl->flags & 1) == 0) {
+	      realloc_symlink(p_stat, 1);
+	      p_stat->rr.psz_symlink[p_stat->rr.i_symlink++] = '/';
+	    }
+	  }
+	}
+	symlink_len = p_stat->rr.i_symlink;
+	realloc_symlink(p_stat, 1);
+	p_stat->rr.psz_symlink[symlink_len]='\0';
+	break;
+      case SIG('R','E'):
+	free(buffer);
+	return -1;
+      case SIG('T','F'): 
+	/* Time stamp(s) for a file */
+	{
+	  int cnt = 0;
+	  add_time(ISO_ROCK_TF_CREATE,     create);
+	  add_time(ISO_ROCK_TF_MODIFY,     modify);
+	  add_time(ISO_ROCK_TF_ACCESS,     access);
+	  add_time(ISO_ROCK_TF_ATTRIBUTES, attributes);
+	  add_time(ISO_ROCK_TF_BACKUP,     backup);
+	  add_time(ISO_ROCK_TF_EXPIRATION, expiration);
+	  add_time(ISO_ROCK_TF_EFFECTIVE,  effective);
+	  p_stat->rr.b3_rock = yep;
+	  break;
+	}
+      default:
+	break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  free(buffer);
+  return i_namelen; /* If 0, this file did not have a NM field */
+ out:
+  free(buffer);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+parse_rock_ridge_stat_internal(iso9660_dir_t *p_iso9660_dir,
+			       iso9660_stat_t *p_stat, int regard_xa)
+{
+  int len;
+  unsigned char * chr;
+  int symlink_len = 0;
+  CONTINUE_DECLS;
+
+  if (nope == p_stat->rr.b3_rock) return 0;
+
+  SETUP_ROCK_RIDGE(p_iso9660_dir, chr, len);
+  if (regard_xa)
+    {
+      chr+=14;
+      len-=14;
+      if (len<0) len=0;
+    }
+  
+  /* repeat:*/
+  {
+    int sig;
+    iso_extension_record_t * rr;
+    int rootflag;
+    
+    while (len > 1){ /* There may be one byte for padding somewhere */
+      rr = (iso_extension_record_t *) chr;
+      if (rr->len == 0) goto out; /* Something got screwed up here */
+      sig = from_721(*chr);
+      chr += rr->len; 
+      len -= rr->len;
+      
+      switch(sig){
+      case SIG('S','P'):
+	CHECK_SP(goto out);
+	break;
+      case SIG('C','E'):
+	CHECK_CE;
+	break;
+      case SIG('E','R'):
+	p_stat->rr.b3_rock = yep;
+	cdio_debug("ISO 9660 Extensions: ");
+	{ int p;
+	  for(p=0;p<rr->u.ER.len_id;p++) cdio_debug("%c",rr->u.ER.data[p]);
+	}
+	break;
+      case SIG('P','X'):
+	p_stat->rr.st_mode   = from_733(rr->u.PX.st_mode);
+	p_stat->rr.st_nlinks = from_733(rr->u.PX.st_nlinks);
+	p_stat->rr.st_uid    = from_733(rr->u.PX.st_uid);
+	p_stat->rr.st_gid    = from_733(rr->u.PX.st_gid);
+	break;
+      case SIG('P','N'):
+	/* Device major,minor number */
+	{ int32_t high, low;
+	  high = from_733(rr->u.PN.dev_high);
+	  low = from_733(rr->u.PN.dev_low);
+	  /*
+	   * The Rock Ridge standard specifies that if sizeof(dev_t) <= 4,
+	   * then the high field is unused, and the device number is completely
+	   * stored in the low field.  Some writers may ignore this subtlety,
+	   * and as a result we test to see if the entire device number is
+	   * stored in the low field, and use that.
+	   */
+	  if((low & ~0xff) && high == 0) {
+	    p_stat->rr.i_rdev = CDIO_MKDEV(low >> 8, low & 0xff);
+	  } else {
+	    p_stat->rr.i_rdev = CDIO_MKDEV(high, low);
+	  }
+	}
+	break;
+      case SIG('T','F'): 
+	/* Time stamp(s) for a file */
+	{
+	  int cnt = 0;
+	  add_time(ISO_ROCK_TF_CREATE,     create);
+	  add_time(ISO_ROCK_TF_MODIFY,     modify);
+	  add_time(ISO_ROCK_TF_ACCESS,     access);
+	  add_time(ISO_ROCK_TF_ATTRIBUTES, attributes);
+	  add_time(ISO_ROCK_TF_BACKUP,     backup);
+	  add_time(ISO_ROCK_TF_EXPIRATION, expiration);
+	  add_time(ISO_ROCK_TF_EFFECTIVE,  effective);
+	  p_stat->rr.b3_rock = yep;
+	  break;
+	}
+      case SIG('S','L'):
+	{
+	  /* Symbolic link */
+	  uint8_t slen;
+	  iso_rock_sl_part_t * p_sl;
+	  iso_rock_sl_part_t * p_oldsl;
+	  slen = rr->len - 5;
+	  p_sl = &rr->u.SL.link;
+	  p_stat->rr.i_symlink = symlink_len;
+	  while (slen > 1){
+	    rootflag = 0;
+	    switch(p_sl->flags &~1){
+	    case 0:
+	      realloc_symlink(p_stat, p_sl->len);
+	      memcpy(&(p_stat->rr.psz_symlink[p_stat->rr.i_symlink]),
+		     p_sl->text, p_sl->len);
+	      p_stat->rr.i_symlink += p_sl->len;
+	      break;
+	    case 4:
+	      realloc_symlink(p_stat, 1);
+	      p_stat->rr.psz_symlink[p_stat->rr.i_symlink++] = '.';
+	      /* continue into next case. */
+	    case 2:
+	      realloc_symlink(p_stat, 1);
+	      p_stat->rr.psz_symlink[p_stat->rr.i_symlink++] = '.';
+	      break;
+	    case 8:
+	      rootflag = 1;
+	      realloc_symlink(p_stat, 1);
+	      p_stat->rr.psz_symlink[p_stat->rr.i_symlink++] = '/';
+	      p_stat->rr.i_symlink++;
+	      break;
+	    default:
+	      cdio_warn("Symlink component flag not implemented");
+	    }
+	    slen -= p_sl->len + 2;
+	    p_oldsl = p_sl;
+	    p_sl = (iso_rock_sl_part_t *) (((char *) p_sl) + p_sl->len + 2);
+	    
+	    if (slen < 2) {
+	      if (((rr->u.SL.flags & 1) != 0) && ((p_oldsl->flags & 1) == 0)) 
+		p_stat->rr.i_symlink += 1;
+	      break;
+	    }
+	    
+	    /*
+	     * If this component record isn't continued, then append a '/'.
+	     */
+	    if (!rootflag && (p_oldsl->flags & 1) == 0) {
+	      realloc_symlink(p_stat, 1);
+	      p_stat->rr.psz_symlink[p_stat->rr.i_symlink++] = '/';
+	    }
+	  }
+	}
+	symlink_len = p_stat->rr.i_symlink;
+	realloc_symlink(p_stat, 1);
+	p_stat->rr.psz_symlink[symlink_len]='\0';
+	break;
+      case SIG('R','E'):
+	cdio_warn("Attempt to read p_stat for relocated directory");
+	goto out;
+#if FINISHED
+      case SIG('C','L'): 
+	{
+	  iso9660_stat_t * reloc;
+	  ISOFS_I(p_stat)->i_first_extent = from_733(rr->u.CL.location);
+	  reloc = isofs_iget(p_stat->rr.i_sb, p_stat->rr.i_first_extent, 0);
+	  if (!reloc)
+	    goto out;
+	  p_stat->rr.st_mode   = reloc->st_mode;
+	  p_stat->rr.st_nlinks = reloc->st_nlinks;
+	  p_stat->rr.st_uid    = reloc->st_uid;
+	  p_stat->rr.st_gid    = reloc->st_gid;
+	  p_stat->rr.i_rdev    = reloc->i_rdev;
+	  p_stat->rr.i_symlink = reloc->i_symlink;
+	  p_stat->rr.i_blocks  = reloc->i_blocks;
+	  p_stat->rr.i_atime   = reloc->i_atime;
+	  p_stat->rr.i_ctime   = reloc->i_ctime;
+	  p_stat->rr.i_mtime   = reloc->i_mtime;
+	  iput(reloc);
+	}
+	break;
+#endif
+      default:
+	break;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+ out:
+  free(buffer);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int 
+parse_rock_ridge_stat(iso9660_dir_t *p_iso9660_dir, 
+		      /*out*/ iso9660_stat_t *p_stat)
+{
+  int result;
+
+  if (!p_stat) return 0;
+  
+  result = parse_rock_ridge_stat_internal(p_iso9660_dir, p_stat, 0);
+  /* if Rock-Ridge flag was reset and we didn't look for attributes
+   * behind eventual XA attributes, have a look there */
+  if (0xFF == p_stat->rr.s_rock_offset && nope != p_stat->rr.b3_rock) {
+    result = parse_rock_ridge_stat_internal(p_iso9660_dir, p_stat, 14);
+  }
+  return result;
+}
+
+#define BUF_COUNT 16
+#define BUF_SIZE sizeof("drwxrwxrwx")
+
+/* Return a pointer to a internal free buffer */
+static char *
+_getbuf (void)
+{
+  static char _buf[BUF_COUNT][BUF_SIZE];
+  static int _i = -1;
+  
+  _i++;
+  _i %= BUF_COUNT;
+
+  memset (_buf[_i], 0, BUF_SIZE);
+
+  return _buf[_i];
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns a string which interpreting the POSIX mode st_mode. 
+  For example:
+  \verbatim
+  drwxrws---
+  -rw-rw-r--
+  lrwxrwxrwx
+  \endverbatim
+  
+  A description of the characters in the string follows
+  The 1st character is either "b" for a block device, 
+  "c" for a character device, "d" if the entry is a directory, "l" for
+  a symbolic link, "p" for a pipe or FIFO, "s" for a "socket", 
+  or "-" if none of the these.
+  
+  The 2nd to 4th characters refer to permissions for a user while the
+  the 5th to 7th characters refer to permissions for a group while, and 
+  the 8th to 10h characters refer to permissions for everyone. 
+  
+  In each of these triplets the first character (2, 5, 8) is "r" if
+  the entry is allowed to be read.
+
+  The second character of a triplet (3, 6, 9) is "w" if the entry is
+  allowed to be written.
+
+  The third character of a triplet (4, 7, 10) is "x" if the entry is
+  executable but not user (for character 4) or group (for characters
+  6) settable and "s" if the item has the corresponding user/group set.
+
+  For a directory having an executable property on ("x" or "s") means
+  the directory is allowed to be listed or "searched". If the execute
+  property is not allowed for a group or user but the corresponding
+  group/user is set "S" indicates this. If none of these properties
+  holds the "-" indicates this.
+*/
+const char *
+iso9660_get_rock_attr_str(posix_mode_t st_mode)
+{
+  char *result = _getbuf();
+
+  if (S_ISBLK(st_mode))
+    result[ 0] = 'b';
+  else if (S_ISDIR(st_mode)) 
+    result[ 0] = 'd';
+  else if (S_ISCHR(st_mode))
+    result[ 0] = 'c';
+  else if (S_ISLNK(st_mode))
+    result[ 0] = 'l';
+  else if (S_ISFIFO(st_mode))
+    result[ 0] = 'p';
+  else if (S_ISSOCK(st_mode)) 
+    result[ 0] = 's';
+  /* May eventually fill in others.. */
+  else 
+    result[ 0] = '-';
+
+  result[ 1] = (st_mode & ISO_ROCK_IRUSR) ? 'r' : '-';
+  result[ 2] = (st_mode & ISO_ROCK_IWUSR) ? 'w' : '-';
+
+  if (st_mode & ISO_ROCK_ISUID) 
+    result[ 3] = (st_mode & ISO_ROCK_IXUSR) ? 's' : 'S';
+  else
+    result[ 3] = (st_mode & ISO_ROCK_IXUSR) ? 'x' : '-';
+
+  result[ 4] = (st_mode & ISO_ROCK_IRGRP) ? 'r' : '-';
+  result[ 5] = (st_mode & ISO_ROCK_IWGRP) ? 'w' : '-';
+
+  if (st_mode & ISO_ROCK_ISGID) 
+    result[ 6] = (st_mode & ISO_ROCK_IXGRP) ? 's' : 'S';
+  else 
+    result[ 6] = (st_mode & ISO_ROCK_IXGRP) ? 'x' : '-';
+
+  result[ 7] = (st_mode & ISO_ROCK_IROTH) ? 'r' : '-';
+  result[ 8] = (st_mode & ISO_ROCK_IWOTH) ? 'w' : '-';
+  result[ 9] = (st_mode & ISO_ROCK_IXOTH) ? 'x' : '-';
+
+  result[11] = '\0';
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns POSIX mode bitstring for a given file.
+*/
+mode_t 
+iso9660_get_posix_filemode_from_rock(const iso_rock_statbuf_t *rr) 
+{
+  return (mode_t) rr->st_mode;
+}
+
+

src/libcdio/iso9660/xa.c

@@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
+/*
+  Copyright (C) 2003, 2005, 2008, 2011 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+  Copyright (C) 2000 Herbert Valerio Riedel <hvr@gnu.org>
+
+  This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include "config.h"
+# define __CDIO_CONFIG_H__ 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+
+// TODO: Why the frack can't we redef using sys/stat.h?!?
+#ifdef _MSC_VER
+#define S_IRUSR 0x0100
+#define S_IWUSR 0x0080
+#define S_IXUSR 0x0040
+#define S_IFDIR 0x4000
+#endif
+
+/*! String inside frame which identifies XA attributes.  Note should
+    come *before* public headers which does a #define of
+    this name.
+*/
+const char ISO_XA_MARKER_STRING[] = {'C', 'D', '-', 'X', 'A', '0', '0', '1'};
+
+/* Public headers */
+#include <cdio/iso9660.h>
+#include <cdio/util.h>
+#include <cdio/bytesex.h>
+
+/* Private headers */
+#include "cdio_assert.h"
+
+/** The below variable is trickery to force enum symbol values to be
+    recorded in debug symbol tables. It is used to allow one to refer
+    to the enumeration value names in the typedefs above in a debugger
+    and debugger expressions.
+*/
+xa_misc_enum_t debugger_xa_misc_enum;
+
+#define BUF_COUNT 16
+#define BUF_SIZE 80
+
+/* Return a pointer to a internal free buffer */
+static char *
+_getbuf (void)
+{
+  static char _buf[BUF_COUNT][BUF_SIZE];
+  static int _num = -1;
+  
+  _num++;
+  _num %= BUF_COUNT;
+
+  memset (_buf[_num], 0, BUF_SIZE);
+
+  return _buf[_num];
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns a string which interpreting the extended attribute xa_attr. 
+  For example:
+  \verbatim
+  d---1xrxrxr
+  ---2--r-r-r
+  -a--1xrxrxr
+  \endverbatim
+
+  A description of the characters in the string follows
+  The 1st character is either "d" if the entry is a directory, or "-" if not.
+  The 2nd character is either "a" if the entry is CDDA (audio), or "-" if not.
+  The 3rd character is either "i" if the entry is interleaved, or "-" if not.
+  The 4th character is either "2" if the entry is mode2 form2 or "-" if not.
+  The 5th character is either "1" if the entry is mode2 form1 or "-" if not.
+   Note that an entry will either be in mode2 form1 or mode form2. That
+   is you will either see "2-" or "-1" in the 4th & 5th positions.
+
+  The 6th and 7th characters refer to permissions for a user while the
+  the 8th and 9th characters refer to permissions for a group while, and 
+  the 10th and 11th characters refer to permissions for a others. 
+ 
+  In each of these pairs the first character (6, 8, 10) is "x" if the 
+  entry is executable. For a directory this means the directory is
+  allowed to be listed or "searched".
+  The second character of a pair (7, 9, 11) is "r" if the entry is allowed
+  to be read. 
+*/
+
+const char *
+iso9660_get_xa_attr_str (uint16_t xa_attr)
+{
+  char *result = _getbuf();
+
+  xa_attr = uint16_from_be (xa_attr);
+
+  result[ 0] = (xa_attr & XA_ATTR_DIRECTORY) ? 'd' : '-';
+  result[ 1] = (xa_attr & XA_ATTR_CDDA) ? 'a' : '-';
+  result[ 2] = (xa_attr & XA_ATTR_INTERLEAVED) ? 'i' : '-';
+  result[ 3] = (xa_attr & XA_ATTR_MODE2FORM2) ? '2' : '-';
+  result[ 4] = (xa_attr & XA_ATTR_MODE2FORM1) ? '1' : '-';
+
+  result[ 5] = (xa_attr & XA_PERM_XUSR) ? 'x' : '-';
+  result[ 6] = (xa_attr & XA_PERM_RUSR) ? 'r' : '-';
+
+  result[ 7] = (xa_attr & XA_PERM_XGRP) ? 'x' : '-';
+  result[ 8] = (xa_attr & XA_PERM_RGRP) ? 'r' : '-';
+
+  /* Hack alert: wonder if this should be ROTH and XOTH? */
+  result[ 9] = (xa_attr & XA_PERM_XSYS) ? 'x' : '-';
+  result[10] = (xa_attr & XA_PERM_RSYS) ? 'r' : '-';
+
+  result[11] = '\0';
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+iso9660_xa_t *
+iso9660_xa_init (iso9660_xa_t *_xa, uint16_t uid, uint16_t gid, uint16_t attr, 
+	      uint8_t filenum)
+{
+  cdio_assert (_xa != NULL);
+  
+  _xa->user_id = uint16_to_be (uid);
+  _xa->group_id = uint16_to_be (gid);
+  _xa->attributes = uint16_to_be (attr);
+
+  _xa->signature[0] = 'X';
+  _xa->signature[1] = 'A';
+
+  _xa->filenum = filenum;
+
+  _xa->reserved[0] 
+    = _xa->reserved[1] 
+    = _xa->reserved[2] 
+    = _xa->reserved[3] 
+    = _xa->reserved[4] = 0x00;
+
+  return _xa;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Returns POSIX mode bitstring for a given file.
+*/
+posix_mode_t 
+iso9660_get_posix_filemode_from_xa(uint16_t i_perms) 
+{
+  posix_mode_t mode = 0;
+  
+  if (i_perms & XA_PERM_RUSR)  mode |= S_IRUSR;
+  if (i_perms & XA_PERM_XUSR)  mode |= S_IXUSR;
+  
+#ifdef S_IRGRP
+  if (i_perms & XA_PERM_RGRP)  mode |= S_IRGRP;
+#endif
+#ifdef S_IXGRP
+  if (i_perms & XA_PERM_XGRP)  mode |= S_IXGRP;
+#endif
+  
+#ifdef S_IROTH
+  if (i_perms & XA_PERM_ROTH)  mode |= S_IROTH;
+#endif
+#ifdef S_IXOTH
+  if (i_perms & XA_PERM_XOTH)  mode |= S_IXOTH;
+#endif
+  
+  if (i_perms & XA_ATTR_DIRECTORY)  mode |= S_IFDIR;
+  
+  return mode;
+}
+

src/libcdio/udf/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+#   Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2006, 2008, 2011
+#    Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+#
+#   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+#   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+#   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+#   (at your option) any later version.
+#
+#   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+#   GNU General Public License for more details.
+#
+#   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+########################################################
+# Things to make the libudf library
+########################################################
+#
+# From libtool documentation amended with guidance from N. Boullis: 
+#
+#  1. Start with version information of `0:0:0' for each libtool library.
+#
+#  2. It is probably not a good idea to update the version information 
+#     several times between public releases, but rather once per public
+#     release. (This seems to be more an aesthetic consideration than
+#     a hard technical one.)
+#
+#  3. If the library source code has changed at all since the last
+#     update, then increment REVISION (`C:R:A' becomes `C:R+1:A').
+#
+#  4. If any interfaces have been added, removed, or changed since the
+#     last update, increment CURRENT, and set REVISION to 0.
+#
+#  5. If any interfaces have been added since the last public release,
+#     then increment AGE.
+#
+#  6. If any interfaces have been removed or changed since the last
+#     public release, then set AGE to 0. A changed interface means an
+#     incompatibility with previous versions.
+
+libudf_la_CURRENT = 1
+libudf_la_REVISION = 0
+libudf_la_AGE = 0
+
+EXTRA_DIST = libudf.sym
+
+noinst_HEADERS = udf_fs.h udf_private.h
+
+lib_LTLIBRARIES = libudf.la
+
+libudf_la_SOURCES = udf.c udf_file.c udf_fs.c udf_time.c filemode.c
+
+libudf_la_LIBADD = @LIBCDIO_LIBS@ @LT_NO_UNDEFINED@
+
+INCLUDES = $(LIBCDIO_CFLAGS)

src/libcdio/udf/filemode.c

@@ -0,0 +1,291 @@
+/*
+  filemode.c -- make a string describing file modes
+
+  Copyright (C) 2005, 2008, 2011 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+  Copyright (C) 1985, 1990, 1993, 1998-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+  This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+# define __CDIO_CONFIG_H__ 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif 
+
+#include <cdio/udf.h>
+
+#if !S_IRUSR
+# if S_IREAD
+#  define S_IRUSR S_IREAD
+# else
+#  define S_IRUSR 00400
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !S_IWUSR
+# if S_IWRITE
+#  define S_IWUSR S_IWRITE
+# else
+#  define S_IWUSR 00200
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !S_IXUSR
+# if S_IEXEC
+#  define S_IXUSR S_IEXEC
+# else
+#  define S_IXUSR 00100
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if !S_IRGRP
+# define S_IRGRP (S_IRUSR >> 3)
+#endif
+#if !S_IWGRP
+# define S_IWGRP (S_IWUSR >> 3)
+#endif
+#if !S_IXGRP
+# define S_IXGRP (S_IXUSR >> 3)
+#endif
+#if !S_IROTH
+# define S_IROTH (S_IRUSR >> 6)
+#endif
+#if !S_IWOTH
+# define S_IWOTH (S_IWUSR >> 6)
+#endif
+#if !S_IXOTH
+# define S_IXOTH (S_IXUSR >> 6)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
+# undef S_ISBLK
+# undef S_ISCHR
+# undef S_ISDIR
+# undef S_ISFIFO
+# undef S_ISLNK
+# undef S_ISMPB
+# undef S_ISMPC
+# undef S_ISNWK
+# undef S_ISREG
+# undef S_ISSOCK
+#endif /* STAT_MACROS_BROKEN.  */
+
+#if !defined S_ISBLK && defined S_IFBLK
+# define S_ISBLK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFBLK)
+#endif
+#if !defined S_ISCHR && defined S_IFCHR
+# define S_ISCHR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCHR)
+#endif
+#if !defined S_ISDIR && defined S_IFDIR
+# define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
+#endif
+#if !defined S_ISREG && defined S_IFREG
+# define S_ISREG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFREG)
+#endif
+#if !defined S_ISFIFO && defined S_IFIFO
+# define S_ISFIFO(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFIFO)
+#endif
+#if !defined S_ISLNK && defined S_IFLNK
+# define S_ISLNK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFLNK)
+#endif
+#if !defined S_ISSOCK && defined S_IFSOCK
+# define S_ISSOCK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFSOCK)
+#endif
+#if !defined S_ISMPB && defined S_IFMPB /* V7 */
+# define S_ISMPB(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPB)
+# define S_ISMPC(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFMPC)
+#endif
+#if !defined S_ISNWK && defined S_IFNWK /* HP/UX */
+# define S_ISNWK(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFNWK)
+#endif
+#if !defined S_ISDOOR && defined S_IFDOOR /* Solaris 2.5 and up */
+# define S_ISDOOR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDOOR)
+#endif
+#if !defined S_ISCTG && defined S_IFCTG /* MassComp */
+# define S_ISCTG(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFCTG)
+#endif
+
+
+
+/* Set the 's' and 't' flags in file attributes string CHARS,
+   according to the file mode BITS.  */
+
+static void
+setst (mode_t bits, char *chars)
+{
+#ifdef S_ISUID
+  if (bits & S_ISUID)
+    {
+      if (chars[3] != 'x')
+	/* Set-uid, but not executable by owner.  */
+	chars[3] = 'S';
+      else
+	chars[3] = 's';
+    }
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISGID
+  if (bits & S_ISGID)
+    {
+      if (chars[6] != 'x')
+	/* Set-gid, but not executable by group.  */
+	chars[6] = 'S';
+      else
+	chars[6] = 's';
+    }
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISVTX
+  if (bits & S_ISVTX)
+    {
+      if (chars[9] != 'x')
+	/* Sticky, but not executable by others.  */
+	chars[9] = 'T';
+      else
+	chars[9] = 't';
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+/* Return a character indicating the type of file described by
+   file mode BITS:
+   'd' for directories
+   'D' for doors
+   'b' for block special files
+   'c' for character special files
+   'n' for network special files
+   'm' for multiplexor files
+   'M' for an off-line (regular) file
+   'l' for symbolic links
+   's' for sockets
+   'p' for fifos
+   'C' for contigous data files
+   '-' for regular files
+   '?' for any other file type.  */
+
+static char
+ftypelet (mode_t bits)
+{
+#ifdef S_ISBLK
+  if (S_ISBLK (bits))
+    return 'b';
+#endif
+  if (S_ISCHR (bits))
+    return 'c';
+  if (S_ISDIR (bits))
+    return 'd';
+  if (S_ISREG (bits))
+    return '-';
+#ifdef S_ISFIFO
+  if (S_ISFIFO (bits))
+    return 'p';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISLNK
+  if (S_ISLNK (bits))
+    return 'l';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISSOCK
+  if (S_ISSOCK (bits))
+    return 's';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISMPC
+  if (S_ISMPC (bits))
+    return 'm';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISNWK
+  if (S_ISNWK (bits))
+    return 'n';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISDOOR
+  if (S_ISDOOR (bits))
+    return 'D';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISCTG
+  if (S_ISCTG (bits))
+    return 'C';
+#endif
+
+  /* The following two tests are for Cray DMF (Data Migration
+     Facility), which is a HSM file system.  A migrated file has a
+     `st_dm_mode' that is different from the normal `st_mode', so any
+     tests for migrated files should use the former.  */
+
+#ifdef S_ISOFD
+  if (S_ISOFD (bits))
+    /* off line, with data  */
+    return 'M';
+#endif
+#ifdef S_ISOFL
+  /* off line, with no data  */
+  if (S_ISOFL (bits))
+    return 'M';
+#endif
+  return '?';
+}
+
+/*! udf_mode_string - fill in string STR with an ls-style ASCII
+   representation of the st_mode field of file stats block STATP.
+   10 characters are stored in STR; no terminating null is added.
+   The characters stored in STR are:
+
+   0	File type.  'd' for directory, 'c' for character
+	special, 'b' for block special, 'm' for multiplex,
+	'l' for symbolic link, 's' for socket, 'p' for fifo,
+	'-' for regular, '?' for any other file type
+
+   1	'r' if the owner may read, '-' otherwise.
+
+   2	'w' if the owner may write, '-' otherwise.
+
+   3	'x' if the owner may execute, 's' if the file is
+	set-user-id, '-' otherwise.
+	'S' if the file is set-user-id, but the execute
+	bit isn't set.
+
+   4	'r' if group members may read, '-' otherwise.
+
+   5	'w' if group members may write, '-' otherwise.
+
+   6	'x' if group members may execute, 's' if the file is
+	set-group-id, '-' otherwise.
+	'S' if it is set-group-id but not executable.
+
+   7	'r' if any user may read, '-' otherwise.
+
+   8	'w' if any user may write, '-' otherwise.
+
+   9	'x' if any user may execute, 't' if the file is "sticky"
+	(will be retained in swap space after execution), '-'
+	otherwise.
+	'T' if the file is sticky but not executable.  */
+
+char *
+udf_mode_string (mode_t i_mode, char *psz_str)
+{
+  psz_str[ 0] = ftypelet (i_mode);
+  psz_str[ 1] = i_mode & S_IRUSR ? 'r' : '-';
+  psz_str[ 2] = i_mode & S_IWUSR ? 'w' : '-';
+  psz_str[ 3] = i_mode & S_IXUSR ? 'x' : '-';
+  psz_str[ 4] = i_mode & S_IRGRP ? 'r' : '-';
+  psz_str[ 5] = i_mode & S_IWGRP ? 'w' : '-';
+  psz_str[ 6] = i_mode & S_IXGRP ? 'x' : '-';
+  psz_str[ 7] = i_mode & S_IROTH ? 'r' : '-';
+  psz_str[ 8] = i_mode & S_IWOTH ? 'w' : '-';
+  psz_str[ 9] = i_mode & S_IXOTH ? 'x' : '-';
+  psz_str[10] = '\0';
+  setst (i_mode, psz_str);
+  return psz_str;
+}

src/libcdio/udf/udf.c

@@ -0,0 +1,124 @@
+/*
+  Copyright (C) 2005, 2008, 2010 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+  This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+/* Access routines */
+
+/* udf_private.h has to come first else _FILE_OFFSET_BITS are redefined in
+   say opensolaris. */
+#include "udf_private.h"
+#include <cdio/bytesex.h>
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#endif
+
+/** The below variables are trickery to force enum symbol values to be
+    recorded in debug symbol tables. They are used to allow one to refer
+    to the enumeration value names in the typedefs above in a debugger
+    and debugger expressions
+*/
+tag_id_t                 debug_tagid;
+file_characteristics_t   debug_file_characteristics;
+icbtag_file_type_enum_t  debug_icbtag_file_type_enum;
+icbtag_flag_enum_t       debug_flag_enum;
+ecma_167_enum1_t         debug_ecma_167_enum1;
+ecma_167_timezone_enum_t debug_ecma_167_timezone_enum;
+udf_enum1_t              debug_udf_enum1;
+  
+
+/*!
+  Returns POSIX mode bitstring for a given file.
+*/
+mode_t 
+udf_get_posix_filemode(const udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent) 
+{
+  udf_file_entry_t udf_fe;
+  mode_t mode = 0;
+
+  if (udf_get_file_entry(p_udf_dirent, &udf_fe)) {
+    uint16_t i_flags;
+    uint32_t i_perms;
+
+    i_perms = uint32_from_le(udf_fe.permissions);
+    i_flags = uint16_from_le(udf_fe.icb_tag.flags);
+
+    if (i_perms & FE_PERM_U_READ)  mode |= S_IRUSR;
+    if (i_perms & FE_PERM_U_WRITE) mode |= S_IWUSR;
+    if (i_perms & FE_PERM_U_EXEC)  mode |= S_IXUSR;
+    
+#ifdef S_IRGRP
+    if (i_perms & FE_PERM_G_READ)  mode |= S_IRGRP;
+    if (i_perms & FE_PERM_G_WRITE) mode |= S_IWGRP;
+    if (i_perms & FE_PERM_G_EXEC)  mode |= S_IXGRP;
+#endif
+    
+#ifdef S_IROTH
+    if (i_perms & FE_PERM_O_READ)  mode |= S_IROTH;
+    if (i_perms & FE_PERM_O_WRITE) mode |= S_IWOTH;
+    if (i_perms & FE_PERM_O_EXEC)  mode |= S_IXOTH;
+#endif
+
+    switch (udf_fe.icb_tag.file_type) {
+    case ICBTAG_FILE_TYPE_DIRECTORY: 
+      mode |= S_IFDIR;
+      break;
+    case ICBTAG_FILE_TYPE_REGULAR:
+      mode |= S_IFREG;
+      break;
+#ifdef S_IFLNK
+    case ICBTAG_FILE_TYPE_SYMLINK:
+      mode |= S_IFLNK;
+      break;
+#endif
+    case ICBTAG_FILE_TYPE_CHAR:
+      mode |= S_IFCHR;
+      break;
+#ifdef S_IFSOCK
+    case ICBTAG_FILE_TYPE_SOCKET:
+      mode |= S_IFSOCK;
+      break;
+#endif
+    case ICBTAG_FILE_TYPE_BLOCK:
+      mode |= S_IFBLK;
+      break;
+    default: ;
+    };
+  
+#ifdef S_ISUID
+    if (i_flags & ICBTAG_FLAG_SETUID) mode |= S_ISUID;
+    if (i_flags & ICBTAG_FLAG_SETGID) mode |= S_ISGID;
+    if (i_flags & ICBTAG_FLAG_STICKY) mode |= S_ISVTX;
+#endif
+  }
+  
+  return mode;
+  
+}
+
+/*!
+  Return the partition number of the the opened udf handle. -1 
+  Is returned if we have an error.
+*/
+int16_t udf_get_part_number(const udf_t *p_udf)
+{
+  if (!p_udf) return -1;
+  return p_udf->i_partition;
+}
+

src/libcdio/udf/udf_file.c

@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+/*
+  Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2008, 2010 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+  This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+/* Access routines */
+
+/* udf_private.h has to come first else _FILE_OFFSET_BITS are redefined in
+   say opensolaris. */
+#include "udf_private.h"
+#include <cdio/bytesex.h>
+#include "udf_fs.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>  /* Remove when adding cdio/logging.h */
+
+/* Useful defines */
+
+#define MIN(a, b) (a<b) ? (a) : (b)
+#define CEILING(x, y) ((x+(y-1))/y)
+
+#define	GETICB(offset)	\
+	&p_udf_fe->alloc_descs[offset]
+
+const char *
+udf_get_filename(const udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent)
+{
+  if (!p_udf_dirent) return NULL;
+  if (!p_udf_dirent->psz_name) return "..";
+  return p_udf_dirent->psz_name;
+}
+
+/* Get UDF File Entry. However we do NOT get the variable-length extended
+ attributes. */
+bool
+udf_get_file_entry(const udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent, 
+		   /*out*/ udf_file_entry_t *p_udf_fe)
+{
+  if (!p_udf_dirent) return false;
+  memcpy(p_udf_fe, &p_udf_dirent->fe, sizeof(udf_file_entry_t));
+  return true;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Return the file id descriptor of the given file.
+*/
+bool udf_get_fileid_descriptor(const udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent, 
+			       /*out*/ udf_fileid_desc_t *p_udf_fid)
+{
+  
+  if (!p_udf_dirent) return false;
+  if (!p_udf_dirent->fid) {
+    /* FIXME do something about trying to get the descriptor. */
+    return false;
+  }
+  memcpy(p_udf_fid, p_udf_dirent->fid, sizeof(udf_fileid_desc_t));
+  return true;
+}
+
+
+/*!
+  Return the number of hard links of the file. Return 0 if error.
+*/
+uint16_t udf_get_link_count(const udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent) 
+{
+  if (p_udf_dirent) {
+    return uint16_from_le(p_udf_dirent->fe.link_count);
+  }
+  return 0; /* Error. Non-error case handled above. */
+}
+
+/*!
+  Return the file length the file. Return 2147483647L if error.
+*/
+uint64_t udf_get_file_length(const udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent) 
+{
+  if (p_udf_dirent) {
+    return uint64_from_le(p_udf_dirent->fe.info_len);
+  }
+  return 2147483647L; /* Error. Non-error case handled above. */
+}
+
+/*!
+  Return true if the file is a directory.
+*/
+bool
+udf_is_dir(const udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent)
+{
+  return p_udf_dirent->b_dir;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Translate a file offset into a logical block and then into a physical
+ * block.
+ */
+static lba_t
+offset_to_lba(const udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent, off_t i_offset, 
+	      /*out*/ lba_t *pi_lba, /*out*/ uint32_t *pi_max_size)
+{
+  udf_t *p_udf = p_udf_dirent->p_udf;
+  const udf_file_entry_t *p_udf_fe = (udf_file_entry_t *) 
+    &p_udf_dirent->fe;
+  const udf_icbtag_t *p_icb_tag = &p_udf_fe->icb_tag;
+  const uint16_t strat_type= uint16_from_le(p_icb_tag->strat_type);
+  
+  switch (strat_type) {
+  case 4096:
+    printf("Cannot deal with strategy4096 yet!\n");
+    return CDIO_INVALID_LBA;
+    break;
+  case ICBTAG_STRATEGY_TYPE_4:
+    {
+      uint32_t icblen = 0;
+      lba_t lsector;
+      int ad_offset, ad_num = 0;
+      uint16_t addr_ilk = uint16_from_le(p_icb_tag->flags&ICBTAG_FLAG_AD_MASK);
+      
+      switch (addr_ilk) {
+      case ICBTAG_FLAG_AD_SHORT: 
+	{
+	  udf_short_ad_t *p_icb;
+	  /*
+	   * The allocation descriptor field is filled with short_ad's.
+	   * If the offset is beyond the current extent, look for the
+	   * next extent.
+	   */
+	  do {
+	    i_offset -= icblen;
+	    ad_offset = sizeof(udf_short_ad_t) * ad_num;
+	    if (ad_offset > uint32_from_le(p_udf_fe->i_alloc_descs)) {
+	      printf("File offset out of bounds\n");
+	      return CDIO_INVALID_LBA;
+	    }
+	    p_icb = (udf_short_ad_t *) 
+	      GETICB( uint32_from_le(p_udf_fe->i_extended_attr) 
+		      + ad_offset );
+	    icblen = p_icb->len;
+	    ad_num++;
+	  } while(i_offset >= icblen);
+	  
+	  lsector = (i_offset / UDF_BLOCKSIZE) + p_icb->pos;
+	  
+	  *pi_max_size = p_icb->len;
+	}
+	break;
+      case ICBTAG_FLAG_AD_LONG: 
+	{
+	  /*
+	   * The allocation descriptor field is filled with long_ad's
+	   * If the i_offset is beyond the current extent, look for the
+	   * next extent.
+	   */
+	  udf_long_ad_t *p_icb;
+	  do {
+	    i_offset -= icblen;
+	    ad_offset = sizeof(udf_long_ad_t) * ad_num;
+	    if (ad_offset > uint32_from_le(p_udf_fe->i_alloc_descs)) {
+	      printf("File offset out of bounds\n");
+	      return CDIO_INVALID_LBA;
+	    }
+	    p_icb = (udf_long_ad_t *) 
+	      GETICB( uint32_from_le(p_udf_fe->i_extended_attr)
+		      + ad_offset );
+	    icblen = p_icb->len;
+	    ad_num++;
+	  } while(i_offset >= icblen);
+	
+	  lsector = (i_offset / UDF_BLOCKSIZE) +
+	    uint32_from_le(((udf_long_ad_t *)(p_icb))->loc.lba);
+	  
+	  *pi_max_size = p_icb->len;
+	}
+	break;
+      case ICBTAG_FLAG_AD_IN_ICB:
+	/*
+	 * This type means that the file *data* is stored in the
+	 * allocation descriptor field of the file entry.
+	 */
+	*pi_max_size = 0;
+	printf("Don't know how to data in ICB handle yet\n");
+	return CDIO_INVALID_LBA;
+      case ICBTAG_FLAG_AD_EXTENDED:
+	printf("Don't know how to handle extended addresses yet\n");
+	return CDIO_INVALID_LBA;
+      default:
+	printf("Unsupported allocation descriptor %d\n", addr_ilk);
+	return CDIO_INVALID_LBA;
+      }
+      
+      *pi_lba = lsector + p_udf->i_part_start;
+      return *pi_lba;
+    }
+  default:
+    printf("Unknown strategy type %d\n", strat_type);
+    return DRIVER_OP_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  Attempts to read up to count bytes from UDF directory entry
+  p_udf_dirent into the buffer starting at buf. buf should be a
+  multiple of UDF_BLOCKSIZE bytes. Reading continues after the point
+  at which we last read or from the beginning the first time.
+
+  If count is zero, read() returns zero and has no other results. If
+  count is greater than SSIZE_MAX, the result is unspecified.
+
+  It is the caller's responsibility to ensure that count is less
+  than the number of blocks recorded via p_udf_dirent.
+
+  If there is an error, cast the result to driver_return_code_t for 
+  the specific error code.
+*/
+ssize_t
+udf_read_block(const udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent, void * buf, size_t count)
+{
+  if (count == 0) return 0;
+  else {
+    driver_return_code_t ret;
+    uint32_t i_max_size=0;
+    udf_t *p_udf = p_udf_dirent->p_udf;
+    lba_t i_lba = offset_to_lba(p_udf_dirent, p_udf->i_position, &i_lba, 
+				&i_max_size);
+    if (i_lba != CDIO_INVALID_LBA) {
+      uint32_t i_max_blocks = CEILING(i_max_size, UDF_BLOCKSIZE);
+      if ( i_max_blocks < count ) {
+	  fprintf(stderr, "Warning: read count %u is larger than %u extent size.\n",
+		  count, i_max_blocks);
+	  fprintf(stderr, "Warning: read count truncated to %u\n", count);
+	  count = i_max_blocks;
+      }
+      ret = udf_read_sectors(p_udf, buf, i_lba, count);
+      if (DRIVER_OP_SUCCESS == ret) {
+	ssize_t i_read_len = MIN(i_max_size, count * UDF_BLOCKSIZE);
+	p_udf->i_position += i_read_len;
+	return i_read_len;
+      }
+      return ret;
+    } else {
+      return DRIVER_OP_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+}

src/libcdio/udf/udf_fs.c

@@ -0,0 +1,694 @@
+/*
+  Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2008, 2011 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+  This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+/*
+ * Portions copyright (c) 2001, 2002 Scott Long <scottl@freebsd.org>
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include "config.h"
+# define __CDIO_CONFIG_H__ 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+/* These definitions are also to make debugging easy. Note that they
+   have to come *before* #include <cdio/ecma_167.h> which sets 
+   #defines for these.
+*/
+const char VSD_STD_ID_BEA01[] = {'B', 'E', 'A', '0', '1'};
+const char VSD_STD_ID_BOOT2[] = {'B', 'O', 'O', 'T', '2'};
+const char VSD_STD_ID_CD001[] = {'C', 'D', '0', '0', '1'};
+const char VSD_STD_ID_CDW01[] = {'C', 'D', 'W', '0', '2'};
+const char VSD_STD_ID_NSR03[] = {'N', 'S', 'R', '0', '3'};
+const char VSD_STD_ID_TEA01[] = {'T', 'E', 'A', '0', '1'};
+
+#include <cdio/bytesex.h>
+#include "udf_private.h"
+#include "udf_fs.h"
+
+/*
+ * The UDF specs are pretty clear on how each data structure is made
+ * up, but not very clear on how they relate to each other.  Here is
+ * the skinny... This demostrates a filesystem with one file in the
+ * root directory.  Subdirectories are treated just as normal files,
+ * but they have File Id Descriptors of their children as their file
+ * data.  As for the Anchor Volume Descriptor Pointer, it can exist in
+ * two of the following three places: sector 256, sector n (the max
+ * sector of the disk), or sector n - 256.  It's a pretty good bet
+ * that one will exist at sector 256 though.  One caveat is unclosed
+ * CD media.  For that, sector 256 cannot be written, so the Anchor
+ * Volume Descriptor Pointer can exist at sector 512 until the media
+ * is closed.
+ *
+ *  Sector:
+ *     256:
+ *       n: Anchor Volume Descriptor Pointer
+ * n - 256:	|
+ *		|
+ *		|-->Main Volume Descriptor Sequence
+ *			|	|
+ *			|	|
+ *			|	|-->Logical Volume Descriptor
+ *			|			  |
+ *			|-->Partition Descriptor  |
+ *				|		  |
+ *				|		  |
+ *				|-->Fileset Descriptor
+ *					|
+ *					|
+ *					|-->Root Dir File Entry
+ *						|
+ *						|
+ *						|-->File data:
+ *						    File Id Descriptor
+ *							|
+ *							|
+ *							|-->File Entry
+ *								|
+ *								|
+ *								|-->File data
+ */
+
+static udf_dirent_t *
+udf_new_dirent(udf_file_entry_t *p_udf_fe, udf_t *p_udf,
+	       const char *psz_name, bool b_dir, bool b_parent);
+
+/**
+ * Check the descriptor tag for both the correct id and correct checksum.
+ * Return zero if all is good, -1 if not.
+ */
+int
+udf_checktag(const udf_tag_t *p_tag, udf_Uint16_t tag_id)
+{
+  uint8_t *itag;
+  uint8_t i;
+  uint8_t cksum = 0;
+  
+  itag = (uint8_t *)p_tag;
+  
+  if (p_tag->id != tag_id)
+    return -1;
+  
+  for (i = 0; i < 15; i++)
+    cksum = cksum + itag[i];
+  cksum = cksum - itag[4];
+  
+  if (cksum == p_tag->cksum)
+    return 0;
+  
+  return -1;
+}
+
+bool 
+udf_get_lba(const udf_file_entry_t *p_udf_fe, 
+	    /*out*/ uint32_t *start, /*out*/ uint32_t *end)
+{
+  if (! p_udf_fe->i_alloc_descs)
+    return false;
+
+  switch (p_udf_fe->icb_tag.flags & ICBTAG_FLAG_AD_MASK) {
+  case ICBTAG_FLAG_AD_SHORT:
+    {
+      /* The allocation descriptor field is filled with short_ad's. */
+      udf_short_ad_t *p_ad = (udf_short_ad_t *) 
+	(p_udf_fe->ext_attr + p_udf_fe->i_extended_attr);
+      
+      *start = uint32_from_le(p_ad->pos);
+      *end = *start + 
+	((uint32_from_le(p_ad->len) & UDF_LENGTH_MASK) - 1) / UDF_BLOCKSIZE;
+      return true;
+    }
+    break;
+  case ICBTAG_FLAG_AD_LONG:
+    {
+      /* The allocation descriptor field is filled with long_ad's */
+      udf_long_ad_t *p_ad = (udf_long_ad_t *) 
+	(p_udf_fe->ext_attr + p_udf_fe->i_extended_attr);
+      
+      *start = uint32_from_le(p_ad->loc.lba); /* ignore partition number */
+      *end = *start + 
+	((uint32_from_le(p_ad->len) & UDF_LENGTH_MASK) - 1) / UDF_BLOCKSIZE;
+      return true;
+    }
+    break;
+  case ICBTAG_FLAG_AD_EXTENDED:
+    {
+      udf_ext_ad_t *p_ad = (udf_ext_ad_t *)
+	(p_udf_fe->ext_attr + p_udf_fe->i_extended_attr);
+      
+      *start = uint32_from_le(p_ad->ext_loc.lba); /* ignore partition number */
+      *end = *start + 
+	((uint32_from_le(p_ad->len) & UDF_LENGTH_MASK) - 1) / UDF_BLOCKSIZE;
+      return true;
+    }
+    break;
+  default:
+    return false;
+  }
+  return false;
+}
+
+#define udf_PATH_DELIMITERS "/\\"
+
+/* Searches p_udf_dirent a directory entry called psz_token.
+   Note p_udf_dirent is continuously updated. If the entry is
+   not found p_udf_dirent is useless and thus the caller should
+   not use it afterwards.
+*/
+static 
+udf_dirent_t *
+udf_ff_traverse(udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent, char *psz_token)
+{
+  while (udf_readdir(p_udf_dirent)) {
+    if (strcmp(psz_token, p_udf_dirent->psz_name) == 0) {
+      char *next_tok = strtok(NULL, udf_PATH_DELIMITERS);
+      
+      if (!next_tok)
+	return p_udf_dirent; /* found */
+      else if (p_udf_dirent->b_dir) {
+	udf_dirent_t * p_udf_dirent2 = udf_opendir(p_udf_dirent);
+	
+	if (p_udf_dirent2) {
+	  udf_dirent_t * p_udf_dirent3 = 
+	    udf_ff_traverse(p_udf_dirent2, next_tok);
+
+	  /* if p_udf_dirent3 is null p_udf_dirent2 is free'd. */
+	  return p_udf_dirent3;
+	}
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  free(p_udf_dirent->psz_name);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/* FIXME! */
+#define udf_MAX_PATHLEN 2048
+
+udf_dirent_t * 
+udf_fopen(udf_dirent_t *p_udf_root, const char *psz_name)
+{
+  udf_dirent_t *p_udf_file = NULL;
+  
+  if (p_udf_root) {
+    char tokenline[udf_MAX_PATHLEN];
+    char *psz_token;
+    
+    strncpy(tokenline, psz_name, udf_MAX_PATHLEN);
+    psz_token = strtok(tokenline, udf_PATH_DELIMITERS);
+    if (psz_token) {
+      /*** FIXME??? udf_dirent can be variable size due to the
+	   extended attributes and descriptors. Given that, is this
+	   correct? 
+       */
+      udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent = 
+	udf_new_dirent(&p_udf_root->fe, p_udf_root->p_udf,
+		       p_udf_root->psz_name, p_udf_root->b_dir, 
+		       p_udf_root->b_parent);
+      p_udf_file = udf_ff_traverse(p_udf_dirent, psz_token);
+      udf_dirent_free(p_udf_dirent);
+    }
+    else if ( 0 == strncmp("/", psz_name, sizeof("/")) ) {
+      return udf_new_dirent(&p_udf_root->fe, p_udf_root->p_udf,
+			    p_udf_root->psz_name, p_udf_root->b_dir, 
+			    p_udf_root->b_parent);
+    }
+  }
+  return p_udf_file;
+}
+
+/* Convert unicode16 to 8-bit char by dripping MSB. 
+   Wonder if iconv can be used here
+*/
+static int 
+unicode16_decode( const uint8_t *data, int i_len, char *target ) 
+{
+  int p = 1, i = 0;
+  
+  if( ( data[ 0 ] == 8 ) || ( data[ 0 ] == 16 ) ) do {
+    if( data[ 0 ] == 16 ) p++;  /* Ignore MSB of unicode16 */
+    if( p < i_len ) {
+      target[ i++ ] = data[ p++ ];
+    }
+  } while( p < i_len );
+  
+  target[ i ] = '\0';
+  return 0;
+}
+
+
+static udf_dirent_t *
+udf_new_dirent(udf_file_entry_t *p_udf_fe, udf_t *p_udf,
+	       const char *psz_name, bool b_dir, bool b_parent) 
+{
+  const unsigned int i_alloc_size = p_udf_fe->i_alloc_descs
+    + p_udf_fe->i_extended_attr;
+  
+  udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent = (udf_dirent_t *) 
+    calloc(1, sizeof(udf_dirent_t) + i_alloc_size);
+  if (!p_udf_dirent) return NULL;
+  
+  p_udf_dirent->psz_name     = strdup(psz_name);
+  p_udf_dirent->b_dir        = b_dir;
+  p_udf_dirent->b_parent     = b_parent;
+  p_udf_dirent->p_udf        = p_udf;
+  p_udf_dirent->i_part_start = p_udf->i_part_start;
+  p_udf_dirent->dir_left     = uint64_from_le(p_udf_fe->info_len); 
+
+  memcpy(&(p_udf_dirent->fe), p_udf_fe, 
+	 sizeof(udf_file_entry_t) + i_alloc_size);
+  udf_get_lba( p_udf_fe, &(p_udf_dirent->i_loc), 
+	       &(p_udf_dirent->i_loc_end) );
+  return p_udf_dirent;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Seek to a position i_start and then read i_blocks. Number of blocks read is 
+  returned. One normally expects the return to be equal to i_blocks.
+*/
+driver_return_code_t
+udf_read_sectors (const udf_t *p_udf, void *ptr, lsn_t i_start, 
+		 long int i_blocks) 
+{
+  driver_return_code_t ret;
+  long int i_read;
+  long int i_byte_offset;
+  
+  if (!p_udf) return 0;
+  i_byte_offset = (i_start * UDF_BLOCKSIZE);
+
+  if (p_udf->b_stream) {
+    ret = cdio_stream_seek (p_udf->stream, i_byte_offset, SEEK_SET);
+    if (DRIVER_OP_SUCCESS != ret) return ret;
+    i_read = cdio_stream_read (p_udf->stream, ptr, UDF_BLOCKSIZE, i_blocks);
+    if (i_read) return DRIVER_OP_SUCCESS;
+    return DRIVER_OP_ERROR;
+  } else {
+    return cdio_read_data_sectors(p_udf->cdio, ptr, i_start, UDF_BLOCKSIZE,
+				  i_blocks);
+  }
+}
+
+/*!
+  Open an UDF for reading. Maybe in the future we will have
+  a mode. NULL is returned on error.
+
+  Caller must free result - use udf_close for that.
+*/
+udf_t *
+udf_open (const char *psz_path)
+{
+  udf_t *p_udf = (udf_t *) calloc(1, sizeof(udf_t)) ;
+  uint8_t data[UDF_BLOCKSIZE];
+
+  if (!p_udf) return NULL;
+
+  p_udf->cdio = cdio_open(psz_path, DRIVER_UNKNOWN);
+  if (!p_udf->cdio) {
+    /* Not a CD-ROM drive or CD Image. Maybe it's a UDF file not
+       encapsulated as a CD-ROM Image (e.g. often .UDF or (sic) .ISO)
+    */
+    p_udf->stream = cdio_stdio_new( psz_path );
+    if (!p_udf->stream) 
+      goto error;
+    p_udf->b_stream = true;
+  }
+
+  /*
+   * Look for an Anchor Volume Descriptor Pointer at sector 256.
+   */
+  if (DRIVER_OP_SUCCESS != udf_read_sectors (p_udf, &data, 256, 1) )
+    goto error;
+  
+  memcpy(&(p_udf->anchor_vol_desc_ptr), &data, sizeof(anchor_vol_desc_ptr_t));
+
+  if (udf_checktag((udf_tag_t *)&(p_udf->anchor_vol_desc_ptr), TAGID_ANCHOR))
+    goto error;
+  
+  /*
+   * Then try to find a reference to a Primary Volume Descriptor.
+   */
+  {
+    const anchor_vol_desc_ptr_t *p_avdp = &p_udf->anchor_vol_desc_ptr;
+    const uint32_t mvds_start = 
+      uint32_from_le(p_avdp->main_vol_desc_seq_ext.loc);
+    const uint32_t mvds_end   = mvds_start + 
+      (uint32_from_le(p_avdp->main_vol_desc_seq_ext.len) - 1) / UDF_BLOCKSIZE;
+
+    uint32_t i_lba;
+
+    for (i_lba = mvds_start; i_lba < mvds_end; i_lba++) {
+
+      udf_pvd_t *p_pvd = (udf_pvd_t *) &data;
+      
+      if (DRIVER_OP_SUCCESS != udf_read_sectors (p_udf, p_pvd, i_lba, 1) ) 
+	goto error;
+
+      if (!udf_checktag(&p_pvd->tag, TAGID_PRI_VOL)) {
+	p_udf->pvd_lba = i_lba;
+	break;
+      }
+      
+    }
+
+    /*
+     * If we couldn't find a reference, bail out.
+     */
+    if (i_lba == mvds_end)
+      goto error;
+  }
+
+  return p_udf;
+
+ error:
+  free(p_udf);
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Gets the Volume Identifier string, in 8bit unicode (latin-1)
+ * psz_volid, place to put the string
+ * i_volid_size, size of the buffer volid points to
+ * returns the size of buffer needed for all data
+ */
+int 
+udf_get_volume_id(udf_t *p_udf, /*out*/ char *psz_volid,  unsigned int i_volid)
+{
+  uint8_t data[UDF_BLOCKSIZE];
+  const udf_pvd_t *p_pvd = (udf_pvd_t *) &data;
+  unsigned int volid_len;
+
+  /* get primary volume descriptor */
+  if ( DRIVER_OP_SUCCESS != udf_read_sectors(p_udf, &data, p_udf->pvd_lba, 1) )
+    return 0;
+
+  volid_len = p_pvd->vol_ident[UDF_VOLID_SIZE-1];
+  if(volid_len > UDF_VOLID_SIZE-1) {
+    /* this field is only UDF_VOLID_SIZE bytes something is wrong */
+    volid_len = UDF_VOLID_SIZE-1;
+  }
+  if(i_volid > volid_len) {
+    i_volid = volid_len;
+  }
+  unicode16_decode((uint8_t *) p_pvd->vol_ident, i_volid, psz_volid);
+  
+  return volid_len;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Gets the Volume Set Identifier, as a 128-byte dstring (not decoded)
+ * WARNING This is not a null terminated string
+ * volsetid, place to put the data
+ * volsetid_size, size of the buffer volsetid points to 
+ * the buffer should be >=128 bytes to store the whole volumesetidentifier
+ * returns the size of the available volsetid information (128)
+ * or 0 on error
+ */
+int 
+udf_get_volumeset_id(udf_t *p_udf, /*out*/ uint8_t *volsetid,
+		     unsigned int i_volsetid)
+{
+  uint8_t data[UDF_BLOCKSIZE];
+  const udf_pvd_t *p_pvd = (udf_pvd_t *) &data;
+
+  /* get primary volume descriptor */
+  if ( DRIVER_OP_SUCCESS != udf_read_sectors(p_udf, &data, p_udf->pvd_lba, 1) )
+    return 0;
+
+  if (i_volsetid > UDF_VOLSET_ID_SIZE) {
+    i_volsetid = UDF_VOLSET_ID_SIZE;
+  }
+  
+  memcpy(volsetid, p_pvd->volset_id, i_volsetid);
+  
+  return UDF_VOLSET_ID_SIZE;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Get the root in p_udf. If b_any_partition is false then
+  the root must be in the given partition.
+  NULL is returned if the partition is not found or a root is not found or
+  there is on error.
+
+  Caller must free result - use udf_file_free for that.
+*/
+udf_dirent_t *
+udf_get_root (udf_t *p_udf, bool b_any_partition, partition_num_t i_partition)
+{
+  const anchor_vol_desc_ptr_t *p_avdp = &p_udf->anchor_vol_desc_ptr;
+  const uint32_t mvds_start = 
+    uint32_from_le(p_avdp->main_vol_desc_seq_ext.loc);
+  const uint32_t mvds_end   = mvds_start + 
+    (uint32_from_le(p_avdp->main_vol_desc_seq_ext.len) - 1) / UDF_BLOCKSIZE;
+  uint32_t i_lba;
+  uint8_t data[UDF_BLOCKSIZE];
+
+  /* 
+     Now we have the joy of finding the Partition Descriptor and the
+     Logical Volume Descriptor for the Main Volume Descriptor
+     Sequence. Once we've got that, we use the Logical Volume
+     Descriptor to get a Fileset Descriptor and that has the Root
+     Directory File Entry.
+  */
+  for (i_lba = mvds_start; i_lba < mvds_end; i_lba++) {
+    uint8_t data[UDF_BLOCKSIZE];
+    
+    partition_desc_t *p_partition = (partition_desc_t *) &data;
+    
+    if (DRIVER_OP_SUCCESS != udf_read_sectors (p_udf, p_partition, i_lba, 1) ) 
+      return NULL;
+    
+    if (!udf_checktag(&p_partition->tag, TAGID_PARTITION)) {
+      const partition_num_t i_partition_check 
+	= uint16_from_le(p_partition->number);
+      if (b_any_partition || i_partition_check == i_partition) {
+	/* Squirrel away some data regarding partition */
+	p_udf->i_partition = uint16_from_le(p_partition->number);
+	p_udf->i_part_start = uint32_from_le(p_partition->start_loc);
+	if (p_udf->lvd_lba) break;
+      }
+    } else if (!udf_checktag(&p_partition->tag, TAGID_LOGVOL)) {
+      /* Get fileset descriptor */
+      logical_vol_desc_t *p_logvol = (logical_vol_desc_t *) &data;
+      bool b_valid = 
+	UDF_BLOCKSIZE == uint32_from_le(p_logvol->logical_blocksize);
+      
+      if (b_valid) {
+	p_udf->lvd_lba = i_lba;
+	p_udf->fsd_offset = 
+	  uint32_from_le(p_logvol->lvd_use.fsd_loc.loc.lba);
+	if (p_udf->i_part_start) break;
+      }
+    } 
+  }
+  if (p_udf->lvd_lba && p_udf->i_part_start) {
+    udf_fsd_t *p_fsd = (udf_fsd_t *) &data;
+    
+    driver_return_code_t ret = 
+      udf_read_sectors(p_udf, p_fsd, p_udf->i_part_start + p_udf->fsd_offset,
+		       1);
+    
+    if (DRIVER_OP_SUCCESS == ret && !udf_checktag(&p_fsd->tag, TAGID_FSD)) {
+      udf_file_entry_t *p_udf_fe = (udf_file_entry_t *) &data;
+      const uint32_t parent_icb = uint32_from_le(p_fsd->root_icb.loc.lba);
+      
+      /* Check partition numbers match of last-read block?  */
+      
+      ret = udf_read_sectors(p_udf, p_udf_fe, 
+			     p_udf->i_part_start + parent_icb, 1);
+      if (ret == DRIVER_OP_SUCCESS && 
+	  !udf_checktag(&p_udf_fe->tag, TAGID_FILE_ENTRY)) {
+	
+	/* Check partition numbers match of last-read block? */
+	
+	/* We win! - Save root directory information. */
+	return udf_new_dirent(p_udf_fe, p_udf, "/", true, false );
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+#define free_and_null(x) \
+  free(x);		 \
+  x=NULL		 
+
+/*!
+  Close UDF and free resources associated with p_udf.
+*/
+bool 
+udf_close (udf_t *p_udf) 
+{
+  if (!p_udf) return true;
+  if (p_udf->b_stream) {
+    cdio_stdio_destroy(p_udf->stream);
+  } else {
+    cdio_destroy(p_udf->cdio);
+  }
+
+  /* Get rid of root directory if allocated. */
+
+  free_and_null(p_udf);
+  return true;
+}
+
+udf_dirent_t * 
+udf_opendir(const udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent)
+{
+  if (p_udf_dirent->b_dir && !p_udf_dirent->b_parent && p_udf_dirent->fid) {
+    udf_t *p_udf = p_udf_dirent->p_udf;
+    uint8_t data[UDF_BLOCKSIZE];
+    udf_file_entry_t *p_udf_fe = (udf_file_entry_t *) &data;
+    
+    driver_return_code_t i_ret = 
+      udf_read_sectors(p_udf, p_udf_fe, p_udf->i_part_start 
+		       + p_udf_dirent->fid->icb.loc.lba, 1);
+
+    if (DRIVER_OP_SUCCESS == i_ret 
+	&& !udf_checktag(&p_udf_fe->tag, TAGID_FILE_ENTRY)) {
+      
+      if (ICBTAG_FILE_TYPE_DIRECTORY == p_udf_fe->icb_tag.file_type) {
+	udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent_new = 
+	  udf_new_dirent(p_udf_fe, p_udf, p_udf_dirent->psz_name, true, true);
+	return p_udf_dirent_new;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+udf_dirent_t *
+udf_readdir(udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent)
+{
+  udf_t *p_udf;
+  
+  if (p_udf_dirent->dir_left <= 0) {
+    udf_dirent_free(p_udf_dirent);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  p_udf = p_udf_dirent->p_udf;
+  if (p_udf_dirent->fid) { 
+    /* advance to next File Identifier Descriptor */
+    /* FIXME: need to advance file entry (fe) as well.  */
+    uint32_t ofs = 4 * 
+      ((sizeof(*(p_udf_dirent->fid)) + p_udf_dirent->fid->i_imp_use 
+	+ p_udf_dirent->fid->i_file_id + 3) / 4);
+    
+    p_udf_dirent->fid = 
+      (udf_fileid_desc_t *)((uint8_t *)p_udf_dirent->fid + ofs);
+  }
+  
+  if (!p_udf_dirent->fid) {
+    uint32_t i_sectors = 
+      (p_udf_dirent->i_loc_end - p_udf_dirent->i_loc + 1);
+    uint32_t size = UDF_BLOCKSIZE * i_sectors;
+    driver_return_code_t i_ret;
+
+    if (!p_udf_dirent->sector)
+      p_udf_dirent->sector = (uint8_t*) malloc(size);
+    i_ret = udf_read_sectors(p_udf, p_udf_dirent->sector, 
+			     p_udf_dirent->i_part_start+p_udf_dirent->i_loc, 
+			     i_sectors);
+    if (DRIVER_OP_SUCCESS == i_ret)
+      p_udf_dirent->fid = (udf_fileid_desc_t *) p_udf_dirent->sector;
+    else
+      p_udf_dirent->fid = NULL;
+  }
+  
+  if (p_udf_dirent->fid && !udf_checktag(&(p_udf_dirent->fid->tag), TAGID_FID))
+    {
+      uint32_t ofs = 
+	4 * ((sizeof(*p_udf_dirent->fid) + p_udf_dirent->fid->i_imp_use 
+	      + p_udf_dirent->fid->i_file_id + 3) / 4);
+      
+      p_udf_dirent->dir_left -= ofs;
+      p_udf_dirent->b_dir = 
+	(p_udf_dirent->fid->file_characteristics & UDF_FILE_DIRECTORY) != 0;
+      p_udf_dirent->b_parent = 
+	(p_udf_dirent->fid->file_characteristics & UDF_FILE_PARENT) != 0;
+
+      {
+	const unsigned int i_len = p_udf_dirent->fid->i_file_id;
+	uint8_t data[UDF_BLOCKSIZE] = {0};
+	udf_file_entry_t *p_udf_fe = (udf_file_entry_t *) &data;
+
+	if (DRIVER_OP_SUCCESS != udf_read_sectors(p_udf, p_udf_fe, p_udf->i_part_start 
+			 + p_udf_dirent->fid->icb.loc.lba, 1))
+		return NULL;
+      
+	memcpy(&(p_udf_dirent->fe), p_udf_fe, 
+	       sizeof(udf_file_entry_t) + p_udf_fe->i_alloc_descs 
+	       + p_udf_fe->i_extended_attr );
+
+	if (strlen(p_udf_dirent->psz_name) < i_len) 
+	  p_udf_dirent->psz_name = (char *)
+	    realloc(p_udf_dirent->psz_name, sizeof(char)*i_len+1);
+	
+	unicode16_decode(p_udf_dirent->fid->imp_use 
+			 + p_udf_dirent->fid->i_imp_use, 
+			 i_len, p_udf_dirent->psz_name);
+      }
+      return p_udf_dirent;
+    }
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+/*!
+  free free resources associated with p_udf_dirent.
+*/
+bool 
+udf_dirent_free(udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent) 
+{
+  if (p_udf_dirent) {
+    p_udf_dirent->fid = NULL;
+    free_and_null(p_udf_dirent->psz_name);
+    free_and_null(p_udf_dirent->sector);
+    free_and_null(p_udf_dirent);
+  }
+  return true;
+}

src/libcdio/udf/udf_fs.h

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/*
+  $Id: udf_fs.h,v 1.3 2008/04/18 16:02:10 karl Exp $
+
+  Copyright (C) 2006, 2008 Rocky Bernstein <rockyb@gnu.org>
+
+  This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_UDF_FS_H__
+#define __CDIO_UDF_FS_H__
+
+#include <cdio/ecma_167.h>
+/**
+ * Check the descriptor tag for both the correct id and correct checksum.
+ * Return zero if all is good, -1 if not.
+ */
+int udf_checktag(const udf_tag_t *p_tag, udf_Uint16_t tag_id);
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_UDF_FS_H__ */
+
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */

src/libcdio/udf/udf_private.h

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*
+  Copyright (C) 2005, 2006, 2008, 2011 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+
+  This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#ifndef __CDIO_UDF_PRIVATE_H__
+#define __CDIO_UDF_PRIVATE_H__
+
+#if defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H) && !defined(LIBCDIO_CONFIG_H) && !defined(__CDIO_CONFIG_H__)
+# include "config.h"
+# define __CDIO_CONFIG_H__ 1
+#endif
+
+#include <cdio/types.h>
+#include <cdio/ecma_167.h>
+#include <cdio/udf.h>
+#include "_cdio_stdio.h"
+
+/* Implementation of opaque types */
+
+struct udf_s {
+  bool          b_stream;         /* Use stream pointer, else use 
+				    p_cdio.  */
+  ssize_t               i_position; /* Position in file if positive. */
+  CdioDataSource_t      *stream;  /* Stream pointer if stream */
+  CdIo_t                *cdio;    /* Cdio pointer if read device */
+  anchor_vol_desc_ptr_t anchor_vol_desc_ptr;
+  uint32_t              pvd_lba;  /* sector of Primary Volume Descriptor */
+  partition_num_t       i_partition;  /* partition number */
+  uint32_t              i_part_start; /* start of Partition Descriptor */
+  uint32_t              lvd_lba;      /* sector of Logical Volume Descriptor */
+  uint32_t              fsd_offset;   /* lba of fileset descriptor */
+};
+
+#endif /* __CDIO_UDF_PRIVATE_H__ */
+
+
+/* 
+ * Local variables:
+ *  c-file-style: "gnu"
+ *  tab-width: 8
+ *  indent-tabs-mode: nil
+ * End:
+ */

src/libcdio/udf/udf_time.c

@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+/* 
+  Copyright (C) 2005, 2008, 2011 Rocky Bernstein <rocky@gnu.org>
+  Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+  Modified From part of the GNU C Library.
+  Contributed by Paul Eggert.
+
+  This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* Some history from the GNU/Linux kernel from which this is also taken...
+   dgb 10/02/98: ripped this from glibc source to help convert
+                 timestamps to unix time
+
+       10/04/98: added new table-based lookup after seeing how ugly the
+                 gnu code is
+  
+   blf 09/27/99: ripped out all the old code and inserted new table from
+                 John Brockmeyer (without leap second corrections)
+                 rewrote udf_stamp_to_time and fixed timezone
+                 accounting in udf_timespec_to_stamp.
+*/
+
+/*
+ * We don't take into account leap seconds. This may be correct or incorrect.
+ * For more NIST information (especially dealing with leap seconds), see:
+ *  http://www.boulder.nist.gov/timefreq/pubs/bulletin/leapsecond.htm
+ */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#include "config.h"
+# define __CDIO_CONFIG_H__ 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef NEED_TIMEZONEVAR
+#define timezonevar 1
+#endif
+
+#include "udf_private.h"
+#include <cdio/udf.h>
+
+/**
+   Imagine the below enum values as #define'd or constant values
+   rather than distinct values of an enum.
+*/
+enum {
+  HOURS_PER_DAY    =   24,
+  SECS_PER_MINUTE  =   60,
+  MAX_YEAR_SECONDS =   69,
+  DAYS_PER_YEAR    =  365,  /* That is, in most of the years. */
+  EPOCH_YEAR       = 1970,
+  SECS_PER_HOUR	   = (60 * SECS_PER_MINUTE),
+  SECS_PER_DAY	   = SECS_PER_HOUR * HOURS_PER_DAY
+} debug_udf_time_enum;
+  
+#ifndef __isleap
+/* Nonzero if YEAR is a leap year (every 4 years,
+   except every 100th isn't, and every 400th is).  */
+#define	__isleap(year)	\
+  ((year) % 4 == 0 && ((year) % 100 != 0 || (year) % 400 == 0))
+#endif
+
+/* How many days come before each month (0-12).  */
+static const unsigned short int __mon_yday[2][13] =
+  {
+    /* Normal years.  */
+    { 0, 31, 59, 90, 120, 151, 181, 212, 243, 273, 304, 334, DAYS_PER_YEAR },
+    /* Leap years.  */
+    { 0, 31, 60, 91, 121, 152, 182, 213, 244, 274, 305, 335, DAYS_PER_YEAR+1 }
+  };
+
+#define SPY(y,l,s) (SECS_PER_DAY * (DAYS_PER_YEAR*y+l)+s) /* Seconds per year */
+
+static time_t year_seconds[MAX_YEAR_SECONDS]= {
+  /*1970*/ SPY( 0, 0,0), SPY( 1, 0,0), SPY( 2, 0,0), SPY( 3, 1,0), 
+  /*1974*/ SPY( 4, 1,0), SPY( 5, 1,0), SPY( 6, 1,0), SPY( 7, 2,0), 
+  /*1978*/ SPY( 8, 2,0), SPY( 9, 2,0), SPY(10, 2,0), SPY(11, 3,0), 
+  /*1982*/ SPY(12, 3,0), SPY(13, 3,0), SPY(14, 3,0), SPY(15, 4,0), 
+  /*1986*/ SPY(16, 4,0), SPY(17, 4,0), SPY(18, 4,0), SPY(19, 5,0), 
+  /*1990*/ SPY(20, 5,0), SPY(21, 5,0), SPY(22, 5,0), SPY(23, 6,0), 
+  /*1994*/ SPY(24, 6,0), SPY(25, 6,0), SPY(26, 6,0), SPY(27, 7,0), 
+  /*1998*/ SPY(28, 7,0), SPY(29, 7,0), SPY(30, 7,0), SPY(31, 8,0), 
+  /*2002*/ SPY(32, 8,0), SPY(33, 8,0), SPY(34, 8,0), SPY(35, 9,0), 
+  /*2006*/ SPY(36, 9,0), SPY(37, 9,0), SPY(38, 9,0), SPY(39,10,0), 
+  /*2010*/ SPY(40,10,0), SPY(41,10,0), SPY(42,10,0), SPY(43,11,0), 
+  /*2014*/ SPY(44,11,0), SPY(45,11,0), SPY(46,11,0), SPY(47,12,0), 
+  /*2018*/ SPY(48,12,0), SPY(49,12,0), SPY(50,12,0), SPY(51,13,0), 
+  /*2022*/ SPY(52,13,0), SPY(53,13,0), SPY(54,13,0), SPY(55,14,0), 
+  /*2026*/ SPY(56,14,0), SPY(57,14,0), SPY(58,14,0), SPY(59,15,0), 
+  /*2030*/ SPY(60,15,0), SPY(61,15,0), SPY(62,15,0), SPY(63,16,0), 
+  /*2034*/ SPY(64,16,0), SPY(65,16,0), SPY(66,16,0), SPY(67,17,0), 
+  /*2038*/ SPY(68,17,0)
+};
+
+#ifdef HAVE_TIMEZONE_VAR
+extern long timezone;
+#endif
+
+time_t *
+udf_stamp_to_time(time_t *dest, long int *dest_usec, 
+		  const udf_timestamp_t src)
+{
+  int yday;
+  uint8_t type = src.type_tz >> 12;
+  int16_t offset;
+  
+  if (type == 1) {
+    offset = src.type_tz << 4;
+    /* sign extent offset */
+    offset = (offset >> 4);
+    if (offset == -2047) /* unspecified offset */
+      offset = 0;
+  }
+  else
+    offset = 0;
+  
+  if ((src.year < EPOCH_YEAR) ||
+      (src.year >= EPOCH_YEAR+MAX_YEAR_SECONDS))
+    {
+      *dest = -1;
+      *dest_usec = -1;
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  *dest = year_seconds[src.year - EPOCH_YEAR];
+  *dest -= offset * SECS_PER_MINUTE;
+  
+  yday = ((__mon_yday[__isleap (src.year)]
+	   [src.month-1]) + (src.day-1));
+  *dest += src.second + 
+    ( SECS_PER_MINUTE *
+      ( ( (yday* HOURS_PER_DAY) + src.hour ) * 60 + src.minute ) );
+
+  *dest_usec = src.microseconds
+    + (src.centiseconds * 10000)
+    + (src.hundreds_of_microseconds * 100);
+  return dest;
+}
+
+#ifdef HAVE_STRUCT_TIMESPEC
+/*!
+  Convert a UDF timestamp to a time_t. If microseconds are desired,
+  use dest_usec. The return value is the same as dest. */
+udf_timestamp_t *
+udf_timespec_to_stamp(const struct timespec ts, udf_timestamp_t *dest)
+{
+  long int days, rem, y;
+  const unsigned short int *ip;
+  int16_t offset = 0;
+  int16_t tv_sec;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_TIMEZONE_VAR  
+  offset = -timezone;
+#endif
+  
+  if (!dest)
+    return dest;
+  
+  dest->type_tz = 0x1000 | (offset & 0x0FFF);
+  
+  tv_sec       = ts.tv_sec + (offset * SECS_PER_MINUTE);
+  days         = tv_sec / SECS_PER_DAY;
+  rem          = tv_sec % SECS_PER_DAY;
+  dest->hour   = rem / SECS_PER_HOUR;
+  rem         %= SECS_PER_HOUR;
+  dest->minute = rem / SECS_PER_MINUTE;
+  dest->second = rem % SECS_PER_MINUTE;
+  y            = EPOCH_YEAR;
+  
+#define DIV(a,b) ((a) / (b) - ((a) % (b) < 0))
+#define LEAPS_THRU_END_OF(y) (DIV (y, 4) - DIV (y, 100) + DIV (y, 400))
+  
+  while (days < 0 || days >= (__isleap(y) ? DAYS_PER_YEAR+1 : DAYS_PER_YEAR)) {
+    long int yg = y + days / DAYS_PER_YEAR - (days % DAYS_PER_YEAR < 0);
+    
+    /* Adjust DAYS and Y to match the guessed year.  */
+    days -= ((yg - y) * DAYS_PER_YEAR
+	     + LEAPS_THRU_END_OF (yg - 1)
+	     - LEAPS_THRU_END_OF (y - 1));
+    y = yg;
+  }
+  dest->year = y;
+  ip = __mon_yday[__isleap(y)];
+  for (y = 11; days < (long int) ip[y]; --y)
+    continue;
+  days -= ip[y];
+  dest->month = y + 1;
+  dest->day   = days + 1;
+  
+  dest->centiseconds = ts.tv_nsec / 10000000;
+  dest->hundreds_of_microseconds = ( (ts.tv_nsec / 1000)
+				     - (dest->centiseconds * 10000) ) / 100;
+  dest->microseconds = ( (ts.tv_nsec / 1000) 
+			 - (dest->centiseconds * 10000)
+			 - (dest->hundreds_of_microseconds * 100) );
+  return dest;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*!
+  Return the modification time of the file.
+ */
+time_t
+udf_get_modification_time(const udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent)
+{
+  if (p_udf_dirent) {
+    time_t ret_time;
+    long int usec;
+    udf_stamp_to_time(&ret_time, &usec, p_udf_dirent->fe.modification_time);
+    return ret_time;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Return the access time of the file.
+ */
+time_t
+udf_get_access_time(const udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent)
+{
+  if (p_udf_dirent) {
+    time_t ret_time;
+    long int usec;
+    udf_stamp_to_time(&ret_time, &usec, p_udf_dirent->fe.access_time);
+    return ret_time;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/*!
+  Return the attribute (most recent create or access) time of the file
+ */
+time_t
+udf_get_attribute_time(const udf_dirent_t *p_udf_dirent)
+{
+  if (p_udf_dirent) {
+    time_t ret_time;
+    long int usec;
+    udf_stamp_to_time(&ret_time, &usec, p_udf_dirent->fe.attribute_time);
+    return ret_time;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+

src/libcdio/unistd.h

@@ -2,10 +2,10 @@
 #error This header should only be used with Microsoft compilers
 #endif
 
-/* The addons below are not part of inttypes but required for syslinux */
+/* Workaround unisdt.h for MS compilers */
 
-#ifndef _SLTYPES_H_
+#ifndef _UNISTD_H_
-#define _SLTYPES_H_
+#define _UNISTD_H_
 
 /* On MS environments, the inline keyword is available in C++ only */
 #ifndef inline

src/rufus.rc

@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ LANGUAGE LANG_ENGLISH, SUBLANG_NEUTRAL
 IDD_DIALOG DIALOGEX 12, 12, 206, 278
 STYLE DS_SETFONT | DS_MODALFRAME | DS_FIXEDSYS | WS_POPUP | WS_CAPTION | WS_SYSMENU
 EXSTYLE WS_EX_APPWINDOW
-CAPTION "Rufus v1.0.7.118"
+CAPTION "Rufus v1.0.7.119"
 FONT 8, "MS Shell Dlg", 400, 0, 0x1
 BEGIN
     DEFPUSHBUTTON   "Start",IDC_START,94,236,50,14
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ BEGIN
     DEFPUSHBUTTON   "OK",IDOK,231,175,50,14,WS_GROUP
     CONTROL         "<a href=""http://rufus.akeo.ie"">http://rufus.akeo.ie</a>",IDC_ABOUT_RUFUS_URL,
                     "SysLink",WS_TABSTOP,46,47,114,9
-    LTEXT           "Version 1.0.7 (Build 118)",IDC_STATIC,46,19,78,8
+    LTEXT           "Version 1.0.7 (Build 119)",IDC_STATIC,46,19,78,8
     PUSHBUTTON      "License...",IDC_ABOUT_LICENSE,46,175,50,14,WS_GROUP
     EDITTEXT        IDC_ABOUT_COPYRIGHTS,46,107,235,63,ES_MULTILINE | ES_READONLY | WS_VSCROLL
     LTEXT           "Report bugs or request enhancements at:",IDC_STATIC,46,66,187,8
@@ -207,8 +207,8 @@ END
 //
 
 VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO
- FILEVERSION 1,0,7,118
+ FILEVERSION 1,0,7,119
- PRODUCTVERSION 1,0,7,118
+ PRODUCTVERSION 1,0,7,119
  FILEFLAGSMASK 0x3fL
 #ifdef _DEBUG
  FILEFLAGS 0x1L
@@ -225,13 +225,13 @@ BEGIN
         BEGIN
             VALUE "CompanyName", "akeo.ie"
             VALUE "FileDescription", "Rufus"
-            VALUE "FileVersion", "1.0.7.118"
+            VALUE "FileVersion", "1.0.7.119"
             VALUE "InternalName", "Rufus"
             VALUE "LegalCopyright", "© 2011 Pete Batard (GPL v3)"
             VALUE "LegalTrademarks", "http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html"
             VALUE "OriginalFilename", "rufus.exe"
             VALUE "ProductName", "Rufus"
-            VALUE "ProductVersion", "1.0.7.118"
+            VALUE "ProductVersion", "1.0.7.119"
         END
     END
     BLOCK "VarFileInfo"

src/syslinux/inttypes.h

@@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
 #define _INTTYPES_H_
 
 #include <stdint.h>
-/* SysLinux types addon */
+/* Workaround - TODO: move this include back into source */
-#include <sltypes.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
 
 #ifdef	__cplusplus
 extern	"C"	{

src/syslinux/unistd.h

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+#error This header should only be used with Microsoft compilers
+#endif
+
+/* Workaround unisdt.h for MS compilers */
+
+#ifndef _UNISTD_H_
+#define _UNISTD_H_
+
+/* On MS environments, the inline keyword is available in C++ only */
+#ifndef inline
+#define inline __inline
+#endif
+
+/* ssize_t is also not available (copy/paste from MinGW) */
+#ifndef _SSIZE_T_DEFINED
+#define _SSIZE_T_DEFINED
+#undef ssize_t
+#ifdef _WIN64
+  typedef __int64 ssize_t;
+#else
+  typedef int ssize_t;
+#endif /* _WIN64 */
+#endif /* _SSIZE_T_DEFINED */
+
+#endif